Commit Graph

38272 Commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Shawn Bohrer
6e54030932 ipv4/udp: Verify multicast group is ours in upd_v4_early_demux()
421b3885bf "udp: ipv4: Add udp early
demux" introduced a regression that allowed sockets bound to INADDR_ANY
to receive packets from multicast groups that the socket had not joined.
For example a socket that had joined 224.168.2.9 could also receive
packets from 225.168.2.9 despite not having joined that group if
ip_early_demux is enabled.

Fix this by calling ip_check_mc_rcu() in udp_v4_early_demux() to verify
that the multicast packet is indeed ours.

Signed-off-by: Shawn Bohrer <sbohrer@rgmadvisors.com>
Reported-by: Yurij M. Plotnikov <Yurij.Plotnikov@oktetlabs.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-06-04 00:46:26 -07:00
Martin Willi
b08b6b7791 xfrm: Define ChaCha20-Poly1305 AEAD XFRM algo for IPsec users
Signed-off-by: Martin Willi <martin@strongswan.org>
Acked-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
2015-06-04 15:04:55 +08:00
Scott Feldman
7616dcbb21 switchdev: documentation: use switchdev_port_obj_xxx for IPv4 FIB add/modify/delete ops
Clarify in documentation and code that IPV4 FIB add operation is used for
both adding a new FIB entry to the device and for modifying an existing FIB
entry on the device.

Also, remove left-over references to ipv4_fib ops and replace with details
on SWITCHDEV_PORT_IPV4_FIB object.

Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-06-03 23:47:23 -07:00
David S. Miller
cf71f43e44 Included changes:
- code re-arrangement for better reading and understanding
 - code style fixups
 - comments corrections
 - remove unnecessary NULL check in batadv_iv_ogm_update_seqnos()
 - make boolean functions explicitly return a bool result
 - remove unnecessary variables in algo_register() and algo_select()
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 Version: GnuPG v2
 
 iQIcBAABCAAGBQJVbwnkAAoJEOb/4TMchkvf6iAP/3MyKJDF9ubmOLkZpWKyBq+/
 MsTEN4PFRxQQ7Q2+Cct1MshuD0DBBznG+Nu1UwYUB5ahUPUmpntJ8hQoD982jT3u
 K4h/tHlyEtRVxPzYwW79woE/Q+hjdGqE745eKMHury0K+SkNR4jX3yJ7bjVRwQiC
 Sdk6uProCCgK5JHX++bxjbTnJobCvqCSy045hjMxuwFuTG4S+5le60m+tVe21D3C
 tnyT3y6L4OdbhKpBRMMAFkxYUzQONxiEWMYffubM6gk+ziIAttAJemLyE+ViHAH4
 Y7ItGd9Z/5+mPaO0OF3Q3jfN1jhGf3IxoYgKy9rL5JWIy6qomx0TTfPoPTDRYFR+
 2iQX59FIayaa9CgYbauHopEiDOJQ/nQ437haPO25xT9ICZbnPNWshdv9Z+zLNV/A
 uuUQrN+aWNLo9j40iD01s7AfPcYNDYklqygb9hSLTa7yeH/rPCG/RqJJ7zse4IQa
 /QMl1lUl484gPHFqMTVB7/75KL5G5B+KQdwON3AqnyRR3RrlOm7NbtcvuDTDheeW
 BAU5g7y/RG3DSoGtwPvFG6MyyPK8C2+niLY7EWUrs1EBWc5DGH+/oeVBR6SL46Fv
 KY1TiFrzvczjUKA0NyLw3w/jeE3SGxiVEBGN2Wv7veVwuV2Jc3MLGxNZGoKPum/k
 Vz7vG3ghIRM3aA1dO6Nx
 =m9Yd
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'batman-adv-for-davem' of git://git.open-mesh.org/linux-merge

Antonio Quartulli says:

====================
pull request: batman-adv 20150603

here you have our second batch of patches intended for net-next.

In this patchset you won't find any new features, but quite some code
cleanup work, a bunch of code style fixes and also comments corrections
by Markus Pargmann.

Moreover you have a patch from Sven Eckelmann removing an unnecessary
NULL check in batadv_iv_ogm_update_seqnos().

Please pull or let me know of any problem!
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-06-03 20:22:46 -07:00
Alexei Starovoitov
3896d655f4 bpf: introduce bpf_clone_redirect() helper
Allow eBPF programs attached to classifier/actions to call
bpf_clone_redirect(skb, ifindex, flags) helper which will
mirror or redirect the packet by dynamic ifindex selection
from within the program to a target device either at ingress
or at egress. Can be used for various scenarios, for example,
to load balance skbs into veths, split parts of the traffic
to local taps, etc.

Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-06-03 20:16:58 -07:00
Jiri Benc
640b2b107c openvswitch: disable LRO
Currently, openvswitch tries to disable LRO from the user space. This does
not work correctly when the device added is a vlan interface, though.
Instead of dealing with possibly complex stacked cross name space relations
in the user space, do the same as bridging does and call dev_disable_lro in
the kernel.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Benc <jbenc@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-06-03 19:39:35 -07:00
Chuck Lever
da7049f834 svcrdma: Remove svc_rdma_xdr_decode_deferred_req()
svc_rdma_xdr_decode_deferred_req() indexes an array with an
un-byte-swapped value off the wire. Fortunately this function
isn't used anywhere, so simply remove it.

Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2015-06-03 15:15:23 -04:00
Chuck Lever
3f87d5d6ac SUNRPC: Move EXPORT_SYMBOL for svc_process
Clean up.

Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2015-06-03 15:15:22 -04:00
Markus Pargmann
f372d09059 batman-adv: Remove unnecessary ret variable in algo_register
Remove ret variable and all jumps.

Signed-off-by: Markus Pargmann <mpa@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
2015-06-03 15:57:25 +02:00
Markus Pargmann
9fb6c6519b batman-adv: Remove unnecessary ret variable
We can avoid this indirect return variable by directly returning the
error values.

Signed-off-by: Markus Pargmann <mpa@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
2015-06-03 15:57:24 +02:00
Markus Pargmann
f2d5cf2add batman-adv: main, batadv_compare_eth return bool
Declare the returntype of batadv_compare_eth as bool.
The function called inside this helper function
(ether_addr_equal_unaligned) also uses bool as return value, so there is
no need to return int.

Signed-off-by: Markus Pargmann <mpa@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
2015-06-03 15:57:24 +02:00
Markus Pargmann
e8ad3b1acf batman-adv: main, Convert is_my_mac() to bool
It is much clearer to see a bool type as return value than 'int' for
functions that are supposed to return true or false.

Signed-off-by: Markus Pargmann <mpa@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
2015-06-03 15:57:24 +02:00
Sven Eckelmann
a0c77227ff batman-adv: Remove unnecessary check for orig_ifinfo not NULL
orig_ifinfo is dereferenced multiple times in batadv_iv_ogm_update_seqnos
before the check for NULL is done. The function also exists at the
beginning when orig_ifinfo would have been NULL. This makes the check at
the end unnecessary and only confuses the reader/code analyzers.

Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
2015-06-03 15:57:23 +02:00
Markus Pargmann
21102626da batman-adv: types, Fix comment on bcast_own
batadv_orig_bat_iv->bcast_own is actually not a bitfield, it is an
array. Adjust the comment accordingly.

Signed-off-by: Markus Pargmann <mpa@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
2015-06-03 15:57:23 +02:00
Markus Pargmann
d491dbb68b batman-adv: iv_ogm, fix comment function name
This is a small copy paste fix for batadv_ing_buffer_avg.

Signed-off-by: Markus Pargmann <mpa@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
2015-06-03 10:58:32 +02:00
Markus Pargmann
6c4a1622e2 batman-adv: iv_ogm, fix coding style
The kernel coding style says, that there should not be multiple
assignments in one row.

Signed-off-by: Markus Pargmann <mpa@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
2015-06-03 10:58:31 +02:00
Markus Pargmann
9f52ee19c3 batman-adv: iv_ogm, Fix dup_status comment
Signed-off-by: Markus Pargmann <mpa@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
2015-06-03 10:58:31 +02:00
Markus Pargmann
23badd6dbe batman-adv: iv_ogm_orig_update, style, add missing brackets
CodingStyle describes that either none or both branches of a conditional
have to have brackets.

Signed-off-by: Markus Pargmann <mpa@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
2015-06-03 10:58:31 +02:00
Markus Pargmann
564891510e batman-adv: iv_ogm_queue_add, Simplify expressions
Signed-off-by: Markus Pargmann <mpa@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
2015-06-03 10:58:30 +02:00
Markus Pargmann
940d156f52 batman-adv: iv_ogm_aggregate_new, simplify error handling
It is just a bit easier to put the error handling at one place and let
multiple error paths use the same calls.

Signed-off-by: Markus Pargmann <mpa@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
2015-06-03 10:58:30 +02:00
Johannes Berg
c526a46767 mac80211: rename single hw-scan flag to follow naming convention
The naming convention is to always have the flags prefixed with
IEEE80211_HW_ so they're 'namespaced', make this flag follow it.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-06-02 20:32:00 +02:00
Johannes Berg
ea1b2b45f5 mac80211: remove short slot/short preamble incapable flags
There are no drivers setting IEEE80211_HW_2GHZ_SHORT_SLOT_INCAPABLE
or IEEE80211_HW_2GHZ_SHORT_PREAMBLE_INCAPABLE, so any code using the
two flags is dead; it's also exceedingly unlikely that any new driver
could ever need to set these flags.

The wcn36xx code is almost certainly broken, but this preserves the
previous behaviour.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-06-02 20:28:58 +02:00
Chuck Lever
632dda833e SUNRPC: Clean up bc_send()
Clean up: Merge bc_send() into bc_svc_process().

Note: even thought this touches svc.c, it is a client-side change.

Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
2015-06-02 13:30:35 -04:00
Trond Myklebust
1193d58f75 SUNRPC: Backchannel handle socket nospace
If the socket was busy due to a socket nospace error, then we should
retry the send.

Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
2015-06-02 13:30:35 -04:00
Varka Bhadram
0ecc4e688b mac802154: add trace functionality for driver ops
This patch adds trace events for driver operations.

Signed-off-by: Varka Bhadram <varkab@cdac.in>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-06-02 19:21:09 +02:00
Alexander Aring
1caf6f476e ieee802154: 6lowpan: set ackreq when needed
This patch sets the acknowledge request bit inside the 802.15.4 mac
header when frame retries is 0 or above. The other frame retries value
which is -1 indicates that the transmitter doesn't care about an
acknowledge frame which will be ignored after transmitting if the node
sends anyway an ack frame after receiving. This is currently unnecessary
traffic if the max frame retries parameter is -1.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-06-02 17:09:35 +02:00
Doug Ledford
b806ef3bbe Merge branch 'for-4.2-misc' into k.o/for-4.2 2015-06-02 09:33:22 -04:00
Wengang Wang
d655a9fbc8 rds: re-entry of rds_ib_xmit/rds_iw_xmit
The BUG_ON at line 452/453 is triggered in function rds_send_xmit.

 441                         while (ret) {
 442                                 tmp = min_t(int, ret, sg->length -
 443                                                       conn->c_xmit_data_off);
 444                                 conn->c_xmit_data_off += tmp;
 445                                 ret -= tmp;
 446                                 if (conn->c_xmit_data_off == sg->length) {
 447                                         conn->c_xmit_data_off = 0;
 448                                         sg++;
 449                                         conn->c_xmit_sg++;
 450                                         if (ret != 0 && conn->c_xmit_sg == rm->data.op_nents)
 451                                                 printk(KERN_ERR "conn %p rm %p sg %p ret %d\n", conn, rm, sg, ret);
 452                                         BUG_ON(ret != 0 &&
 453                                                conn->c_xmit_sg == rm->data.op_nents);
 454                                 }
 455                         }

it is complaining the total sent length is bigger that we want to send.

rds_ib_xmit() is wrong for the second entry for the same rds_message returning
wrong value.

the sg and off passed by rds_send_xmit to rds_ib_xmit is based on
scatterlist.offset/length, but the rds_ib_xmit action is based on
scatterlist.dma_address/dma_length. in case dma_length is larger than length
there is problem. for the 2nd and later entries of rds_ib_xmit for same
rds_message, at least one of the following two is wrong:

1) the scatterlist to start with,  the choosen one can far beyond the correct
   one.
2) the offset to start with within the scatterlist.

fix:
add op_dmasg and op_dmaoff to rm_data_op structure indicating the scatterlist
and offset within the it to start with for rds_ib_xmit respectively. op_dmasg
and op_dmaoff are initialized to zero when doing dma mapping for the first see
of the message and are changed when filling send slots.

the same applies to rds_iw_xmit too.

Signed-off-by: Wengang Wang <wen.gang.wang@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
2015-06-02 09:22:31 -04:00
Trond Myklebust
88de6af24f SUNRPC: Fix a memory leak in the backchannel code
req->rq_private_buf isn't initialised when xprt_setup_backchannel calls
xprt_free_allocation.

Fixes: fb7a0b9add ("nfs41: New backchannel helper routines")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
2015-06-02 08:55:28 -04:00
Stefan Hajnoczi
9300fdba25 SUNRPC: drop stale doc comments in xprtsock.c
Several functions have outdated arguments listed in the doc comments.
Drop documentation for arguments that no longer exist.

Signed-off-by: Stefan Hajnoczi <stefanha@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@primarydata.com>
2015-06-02 08:55:28 -04:00
Johannes Berg
3b79af973c mac80211: stop using pointers as userspace cookies
Even if the pointers are really only accessible to root and used
pretty much only by wpa_supplicant, this is still not great; even
for debugging it'd be easier to have something that's easier to
read and guaranteed to never get reused.

With the recent change to make mac80211 create an ack_skb for the
mgmt-tx path this becomes possible, only the client probe method
needs to also allocate an ack_skb, and we can store the cookie in
that skb.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-06-02 13:07:59 +02:00
Johannes Berg
b2eb0ee6d0 mac80211: copy nl80211 mgmt TX SKB for status
When we return the TX status for an nl80211 mgmt TX SKB, we
should also return the original frame with the status to
allow userspace to match up the submission (it could also
use the cookie but both ways are permissible.)

As TX SKBs could be encrypted, at least in the case of ANQP
while associated with the AP, copy the original SKB, store
it with an ACK frame ID and restructure the status path to
use that to return status with the original SKB. Otherwise,
userspace (in particular wpa_supplicant) will get confused.

Reported-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-06-02 13:07:55 +02:00
Johannes Berg
db388a567f mac80211: move TX PN to public part of key struct
For drivers supporting TSO or similar features, but that still have
PN assignment in software, there's a need to have some memory to
store the current PN value. As mac80211 already stores this and it's
somewhat complicated to add a per-driver area to the key struct (due
to the dynamic sizing thereof) it makes sense to just move the TX PN
to the keyconf, i.e. the public part of the key struct.

As TKIP is more complicated and we won't able to offload it in this
way right now (fast-xmit is skipped for TKIP unless the HW does it
all, and our hardware needs MMIC calculation in software) I've not
moved that for now - it's possible but requires exposing a lot of
the internal TKIP state.

As an bonus side effect, we can remove a lot of code by assuming the
keyseq struct has a certain layout - with BUILD_BUG_ON to verify it.

This might also improve performance, since now TX and RX no longer
share a cacheline.

Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-06-02 11:16:35 +02:00
David S. Miller
dda922c831 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/phy/amd-xgbe-phy.c
	drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/Kconfig
	include/net/mac80211.h

iwlwifi/Kconfig and mac80211.h were both trivial overlapping
changes.

The drivers/net/phy/amd-xgbe-phy.c file got removed in 'net-next' and
the bug fix that happened on the 'net' side is already integrated
into the rest of the amd-xgbe driver.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-06-01 22:51:30 -07:00
David S. Miller
e453581dd5 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/pablo/nf
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:

====================
Netfilter fix for net

The following patch reverts the ebtables chunk that enforces counters that was
introduced in the recently applied d26e2c9ffa ('Revert "netfilter: ensure
number of counters is >0 in do_replace()"') since this breaks ebtables.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-06-01 16:56:43 -07:00
Toshiaki Makita
66e5133f19 vlan: Add GRO support for non hardware accelerated vlan
Currently packets with non-hardware-accelerated vlan cannot be handled
by GRO. This causes low performance for 802.1ad and stacked vlan, as their
vlan tags are currently not stripped by hardware.

This patch adds GRO support for non-hardware-accelerated vlan and
improves receive performance of them.

Test Environment:
 vlan device (.1Q) on vlan device (.1ad) on ixgbe (82599)

Result:

- Before

$ netperf -t TCP_STREAM -H 192.168.20.2 -l 60
Recv   Send    Send
Socket Socket  Message  Elapsed
Size   Size    Size     Time     Throughput
bytes  bytes   bytes    secs.    10^6bits/sec

 87380  16384  16384    60.00    5233.17

Rx side CPU usage:
  %usr      %sys      %irq     %soft     %idle
  0.27     58.03      0.00     41.70      0.00

- After

$ netperf -t TCP_STREAM -H 192.168.20.2 -l 60
Recv   Send    Send
Socket Socket  Message  Elapsed
Size   Size    Size     Time     Throughput
bytes  bytes   bytes    secs.    10^6bits/sec

 87380  16384  16384    60.00    7586.85

Rx side CPU usage:
  %usr      %sys      %irq     %soft     %idle
  0.50     25.83      0.00     59.53     14.14

[ Register VLAN offloads with priority 10 -DaveM ]

Signed-off-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-06-01 16:50:52 -07:00
Steffen Klassert
ccd740cbc6 vti6: Add pmtu handling to vti6_xmit.
We currently rely on the PMTU discovery of xfrm.
However if a packet is localy sent, the PMTU mechanism
of xfrm tries to to local socket notification what
might not work for applications like ping that don't
check for this. So add pmtu handling to vti6_xmit to
report MTU changes immediately.

Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-06-01 16:03:43 -07:00
Neil McKee
ccea74457b openvswitch: include datapath actions with sampled-packet upcall to userspace
If new optional attribute OVS_USERSPACE_ATTR_ACTIONS is added to an
OVS_ACTION_ATTR_USERSPACE action, then include the datapath actions
in the upcall.

This Directly associates the sampled packet with the path it takes
through the virtual switch. Path information currently includes mangling,
encapsulation and decapsulation actions for tunneling protocols GRE,
VXLAN, Geneve, MPLS and QinQ, but this extension requires no further
changes to accommodate datapath actions that may be added in the
future.

Adding path information enhances visibility into complex virtual
networks.

Signed-off-by: Neil McKee <neil.mckee@inmon.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-06-01 15:05:40 -07:00
David S. Miller
bdef7de4b8 net: Add priority to packet_offload objects.
When we scan a packet for GRO processing, we want to see the most
common packet types in the front of the offload_base list.

So add a priority field so we can handle this properly.

IPv4/IPv6 get the highest priority with the implicit zero priority
field.

Next comes ethernet with a priority of 10, and then we have the MPLS
types with a priority of 15.

Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Toshiaki Makita <makita.toshiaki@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-06-01 14:56:09 -07:00
David S. Miller
18ec898ee5 Revert "net: core: 'ethtool' issue with querying phy settings"
This reverts commit f96dee13b8.

It isn't right, ethtool is meant to manage one PHY instance
per netdevice at a time, and this is selected by the SET
command.  Therefore by definition the GET command must only
return the settings for the configured and selected PHY.

Reported-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-06-01 14:43:50 -07:00
Bernhard Thaler
d26e2c9ffa Revert "netfilter: ensure number of counters is >0 in do_replace()"
This partially reverts commit 1086bbe97a ("netfilter: ensure number of
counters is >0 in do_replace()") in net/bridge/netfilter/ebtables.c.

Setting rules with ebtables does not work any more with 1086bbe97a place.

There is an error message and no rules set in the end.

e.g.

~# ebtables -t nat -A POSTROUTING --src 12:34:56:78:9a:bc -j DROP
Unable to update the kernel. Two possible causes:
1. Multiple ebtables programs were executing simultaneously. The ebtables
   userspace tool doesn't by default support multiple ebtables programs
running

Reverting the ebtables part of 1086bbe97a makes this work again.

Signed-off-by: Bernhard Thaler <bernhard.thaler@wvnet.at>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2015-06-01 19:45:47 +02:00
Johannes Berg
c9c99f8938 mac80211: act upon and report deauth while associating
When trying to associate, the AP could send a deauth frame instead.
Currently mac80211 drops that frame and doesn't report it to the
supplicant, which, in some versions and/or in certain circumstances
will simply keep trying to associate over and over again instead of
trying authentication again.

Fix this by reacting to deauth frames while associating, reporting
them to the supplicant and dropping the association attempt (which
is bound to fail.)

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-06-01 14:10:27 +02:00
Florian Fainelli
24595346d7 net: dsa: Properly propagate errors from dsa_switch_setup_one
While shuffling some code around, dsa_switch_setup_one() was introduced,
and it was modified to return either an error code using ERR_PTR() or a
NULL pointer when running out of memory or failing to setup a switch.

This is a problem for its caler: dsa_switch_setup() which uses IS_ERR()
and expects to find an error code, not a NULL pointer, so we still try
to proceed with dsa_switch_setup() and operate on invalid memory
addresses. This can be easily reproduced by having e.g: the bcm_sf2
driver built-in, but having no such switch, such that drv->setup will
fail.

Fix this by using PTR_ERR() consistently which is both more informative
and avoids for the caller to use IS_ERR_OR_NULL().

Fixes: df197195a5 ("net: dsa: split dsa_switch_setup into two functions")
Reported-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-31 21:50:34 -07:00
Neal Cardwell
9f950415e4 tcp: fix child sockets to use system default congestion control if not set
Linux 3.17 and earlier are explicitly engineered so that if the app
doesn't specifically request a CC module on a listener before the SYN
arrives, then the child gets the system default CC when the connection
is established. See tcp_init_congestion_control() in 3.17 or earlier,
which says "if no choice made yet assign the current value set as
default". The change ("net: tcp: assign tcp cong_ops when tcp sk is
created") altered these semantics, so that children got their parent
listener's congestion control even if the system default had changed
after the listener was created.

This commit returns to those original semantics from 3.17 and earlier,
since they are the original semantics from 2007 in 4d4d3d1e8 ("[TCP]:
Congestion control initialization."), and some Linux congestion
control workflows depend on that.

In summary, if a listener socket specifically sets TCP_CONGESTION to
"x", or the route locks the CC module to "x", then the child gets
"x". Otherwise the child gets current system default from
net.ipv4.tcp_congestion_control. That's the behavior in 3.17 and
earlier, and this commit restores that.

Fixes: 55d8694fa8 ("net: tcp: assign tcp cong_ops when tcp sk is created")
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com>
Cc: Glenn Judd <glenn.judd@morganstanley.com>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-31 21:49:14 -07:00
Sowmini Varadhan
8ba38460f3 net/rds Add getsockopt support for SO_RDS_TRANSPORT
The currently attached transport for a PF_RDS socket may be obtained
from user space by invoking getsockopt(2) using the SO_RDS_TRANSPORT
option at the SOL_RDS level. The integer optval returned will be one
of the RDS_TRANS_* constants defined in linux/rds.h.

Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-31 21:47:23 -07:00
Sowmini Varadhan
d97dac54bf net/rds: Add setsockopt support for SO_RDS_TRANSPORT
An application may deterministically attach the underlying transport for
a PF_RDS socket by invoking setsockopt(2) with the SO_RDS_TRANSPORT
option at the SOL_RDS level. The integer argument to setsockopt must be
one of the RDS_TRANS_* transport types, e.g., RDS_TRANS_TCP. The option
must be specified before invoking bind(2) on the socket, and may only
be used once on the socket. An attempt to set the option on a bound
socket, or to invoke the option after a successful SO_RDS_TRANSPORT
attachment, will return EOPNOTSUPP.

Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-31 21:47:23 -07:00
Sowmini Varadhan
a28c257c9e net/rds: Declare SO_RDS_TRANSPORT and RDS_TRANS_* constants in uapi/linux/rds.h
User space applications that desire to explicitly select the
underlying transport for a PF_RDS socket may do so by using the
SO_RDS_TRANSPORT socket option at the SOL_RDS level before bind().
The integer argument provided to the socket option would be one
of the RDS_TRANS_* values, e.g., RDS_TRANS_TCP. This commit exports
the constant values need by such applications via <linux/rds.h>

Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-31 21:47:23 -07:00
Daniel Borkmann
17ca8cbf49 ebpf: allow bpf_ktime_get_ns_proto also for networking
As this is already exported from tracing side via commit d9847d310a
("tracing: Allow BPF programs to call bpf_ktime_get_ns()"), we might
as well want to move it to the core, so also networking users can make
use of it, e.g. to measure diffs for certain flows from ingress/egress.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-31 21:44:44 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
beb39db59d udp: fix behavior of wrong checksums
We have two problems in UDP stack related to bogus checksums :

1) We return -EAGAIN to application even if receive queue is not empty.
   This breaks applications using edge trigger epoll()

2) Under UDP flood, we can loop forever without yielding to other
   processes, potentially hanging the host, especially on non SMP.

This patch is an attempt to make things better.

We might in the future add extra support for rt applications
wanting to better control time spent doing a recv() in a hostile
environment. For example we could validate checksums before queuing
packets in socket receive queue.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-31 21:42:18 -07:00
David S. Miller
d803731462 As we get closer to the merge window, here are a few
more things for -next:
  * disconnect TDLS stations on CSA to avoid issues
  * fix a memory leak introduced in a recent commit
  * switch rfkill and cfg80211 to PM ops
  * in an unlikely scenario, prevent a bookkeeping
    value to get corrupted leading to dropped packets
  * fix a crash in VLAN assignment
  * switch rfkill-gpio to more modern gpiod API
  * send disconnected event to userspace with proper
    local/remote indication
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQIcBAABCAAGBQJVaEyAAAoJEDBSmw7B7bqrPiIQAKOrX4g2UNtyoTWJzA7YRu+g
 GEUu/CE4LQKCodCpBiEhFlhQo2WzXsHoLj5+Nr56aFAZx19VZjXWVC5JS785wYn5
 r8hpOVWUUA3MVnXeL/+yz4chm0wTYN9pSpElZ4FHlUI0OkCMh2rPCTvdrbSKoGzV
 MN8NEO0jVE89AgOMF8gHk5YKpJ6B4QibZuUuZpgkqdwIi5udaCcrPFFrUg/NfRpA
 nTauP6blFUPOUV0sxbhS78uC3rqGQuYsnvab/QeGc9PDKk5ukrXzFdgRCVZq8224
 Ge0JcPzwzWldk892oEJoc2OfGkg5HOil9HtC+S2ehBGuK0yEXOBIkO1ZgudTH1kC
 0rLOPWVKRzTWE+sq+gWK/OjfaA7Dl6HFYYHRQ2dhm1XkqtAw8SwGQMDSIPJYWr4O
 jp4gYpwKVjnMmsEAg7FdKWyIiTgLyI07VnIciORXDyefddYMuofXI2pJkfzUeFeH
 HjCVYm2NYXDty6uneP4RC1nUbNc53FKJ5O9fW3BPMyVXD4pTjam50p9H6N7OcDN3
 k3dEevWiVgvBjZPVc3HI8RaCzS/Ww1ym+MYgV97QkMfgiuE2VkiFwK+zhWn9axbc
 eutkzFEdDcIACCZ74hIWqMJjsMnZm9E11Uq7tifAE0bi1Wpku1xPAnxMPnI+0eiF
 Dgo2bmlQ/d1dHr3N3FC0
 =KmwY
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-05-29' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next

Johannes Berg says:

====================
As we get closer to the merge window, here are a few
more things for -next:
 * disconnect TDLS stations on CSA to avoid issues
 * fix a memory leak introduced in a recent commit
 * switch rfkill and cfg80211 to PM ops
 * in an unlikely scenario, prevent a bookkeeping
   value to get corrupted leading to dropped packets
 * fix a crash in VLAN assignment
 * switch rfkill-gpio to more modern gpiod API
 * send disconnected event to userspace with proper
   local/remote indication
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-31 17:34:26 -07:00
Lennert Buytenhek
daf4e2c892 ieee802154: Fix EUI-64 station address validation.
Refuse to allow setting an EUI-64 group address as an interface
address, as those are not valid station addresses.

Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-05-31 13:40:53 +02:00
David S. Miller
a9ab2184f4 Included changes:
- checkpatch fixes
 - code cleanup
 - debugfs component is now compiled only if DEBUG_FS is selected
 - update copyright years
 - disable by default not-so-user-safe features
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 Version: GnuPG v2
 
 iQIcBAABCAAGBQJVaCjMAAoJEOb/4TMchkvfQS0QANDW/0eOT8azlbik5+MZTC5i
 d+K1Xbc7Qn7ebo5F27eRGNrgV5a8Wwx1JUCANXhAfjSURItj3KoHbjLYN2lJLn5L
 mBoU7IWwqUzX2garm7xKm94TTaN3Q6t/NGYVeQqJXNcWBDJQcNAr7ECg8tpV16Ec
 +o6FPsuZBX1dKNijvcy77VNGAaauhAbfMuAYRJDx6CtCIyWg+f/vcAeTR2PCmbMD
 FP2qD2zHBnR5feQF9YtrCOUHX3SzKlnCBQ1DyUzWbC40eGJWQPZiml+CC0r7fNrI
 buOlk2yDI1Pc0/TIDrm3B3f0LqoQhmC4h0EDP/tazoiHAe/Vh06D4dmsC81XBM+H
 9wEzU+C20DUjDVIyTzboIDjcSNwTN5TxK0dG72vc+yDfSSAmJVtLQ8dqQevRp6cd
 NPVebjCyJKXoBZWd1o7KO0s41dTbFBVHrA5ZLaEu5TcCMpKHzicJJyMr+OLgqTQE
 tqLMzqR+7VPmJfIwXuHX+wqHlsJCkrU1zyiuOyBn6uQ4rvbg503eadJffOAaLeCH
 FpOtKkQ34HNDUchgmiFVWWV1w6r3Si3/a7WRJN55B49sIZqJxxQfB2Evlk8vYNzT
 sVDFsNk8QnbaL2yCwxJEXj/Kgyfxj/PLAoxDnkt+cHWOF6nbGPHyIdDJQGSAHFrp
 NcZisqImn5iJS+2QV68a
 =2UBm
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'batman-adv-for-davem' of git://git.open-mesh.org/linux-merge

Antonio Quartulli says:

====================
Included changes:
- checkpatch fixes
- code cleanup
- debugfs component is now compiled only if DEBUG_FS is selected
- update copyright years
- disable by default not-so-user-safe features
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-31 01:07:06 -07:00
Wang Long
282c320d33 netevent: remove automatic variable in register_netevent_notifier()
Remove automatic variable 'err' in register_netevent_notifier() and
return the result of atomic_notifier_chain_register() directly.

Signed-off-by: Wang Long <long.wanglong@huawei.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-31 00:03:21 -07:00
David S. Miller
583d3f5af2 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/pablo/nf-next
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:

====================
Netfilter updates for net-next

The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for net-next, they are:

1) default CONFIG_NETFILTER_INGRESS to y for easier compile-testing of all
   options.

2) Allow to bind a table to net_device. This introduces the internal
   NFT_AF_NEEDS_DEV flag to perform a mandatory check for this binding.
   This is required by the next patch.

3) Add the 'netdev' table family, this new table allows you to create ingress
   filter basechains. This provides access to the existing nf_tables features
   from ingress.

4) Kill unused argument from compat_find_calc_{match,target} in ip_tables
   and ip6_tables, from Florian Westphal.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-31 00:02:30 -07:00
Julia Lawall
3d2f6d41d1 ipv6: drop unneeded goto
Delete jump to a label on the next line, when that label is not
used elsewhere.

A simplified version of the semantic patch that makes this change is as
follows: (http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)

// <smpl>
@r@
identifier l;
@@

-if (...) goto l;
-l:
// </smpl>

Also remove the unnecessary ret variable.

Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-30 23:48:36 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
71d9f6149c bridge: fix br_multicast_query_expired() bug
br_multicast_query_expired() querier argument is a pointer to
a struct bridge_mcast_querier :

struct bridge_mcast_querier {
        struct br_ip addr;
        struct net_bridge_port __rcu    *port;
};

Intent of the code was to clear port field, not the pointer to querier.

Fixes: 2cd4143192 ("bridge: memorize and export selected IGMP/MLD querier port")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo <cascardo@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@c0d3.blue>
Cc: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@web.de>
Cc: Steinar H. Gunderson <sesse@samfundet.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-30 23:31:28 -07:00
David S. Miller
9d52bf0a23 Merge branch 'for-upstream' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/bluetooth/bluetooth-next
Johan Hedberg says:

====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-05-28

Here's a set of patches intended for 4.2. The majority of the changes
are on the 802.15.4 side of things rather than Bluetooth related:

 - All sorts of cleanups & fixes to ieee802154 and related drivers
 - Rework of tx power support in ieee802154 and its drivers
 - Support for setting ieee802154 tx power through nl802154
 - New IDs for the btusb driver
 - Various cleanups & smaller fixes to btusb
 - New btrtl driver for Realtec devices
 - Fix suspend/resume for Realtek devices

Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-30 23:26:45 -07:00
Ying Xue
1ea23a2117 tipc: unconditionally put sock refcnt when sock timer to be deleted is pending
As sock refcnt is taken when sock timer is started in
sk_reset_timer(), the sock refcnt should be put when sock timer
to be deleted is in pending state no matter what "probing_state"
value of tipc sock is.

Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-30 18:08:37 -07:00
Alexei Starovoitov
37e82c2f97 bpf: allow BPF programs access skb->skb_iif and skb->dev->ifindex fields
classic BPF already exposes skb->dev->ifindex via SKF_AD_IFINDEX extension.
Allow eBPF program to access it as well. Note that classic aborts execution
of the program if 'skb->dev == NULL' (which is inconvenient for program
writers), whereas eBPF returns zero in such case.
Also expose the 'skb_iif' field, since programs triggered by redirected
packet need to known the original interface index.
Summary:
__skb->ifindex         -> skb->dev->ifindex
__skb->ingress_ifindex -> skb->skb_iif

Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-30 17:51:13 -07:00
Sorin Dumitru
8133534c76 net: limit tcp/udp rmem/wmem to SOCK_{RCV,SND}BUF_MIN
This is similar to b1cb59cf2efe(net: sysctl_net_core: check SNDBUF
and RCVBUF for min length). I don't think too small values can cause
crashes in the case of udp and tcp, but I've seen this set to too
small values which triggered awful performance. It also makes the
setting consistent across all the wmem/rmem sysctls.

Signed-off-by: Sorin Dumitru <sdumitru@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-30 17:37:44 -07:00
Uwe Kleine-König
f7959e9c73 net: rfkill: gpio: make better use of gpiod API
Since 39b2bbe3d7 (gpio: add flags argument to gpiod_get*() functions)
which appeared in v3.17-rc1, the gpiod_get* functions take an additional
parameter that allows to specify direction and initial value for output.

Furthermore there is devm_gpiod_get_optional which is designed to get
optional gpios.

Simplify driver accordingly.

Note this makes error checking more strict because only -ENOENT is
ignored when searching for the GPIOs which is good.

Signed-off-by: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-05-29 13:13:45 +02:00
Michal Kazior
6cbfb1bb66 cfg80211: ignore netif running state when changing iftype
It was possible for mac80211 to be coerced into an
unexpected flow causing sdata union to become
corrupted. Station pointer was put into
sdata->u.vlan.sta memory location while it was
really master AP's sdata->u.ap.next_beacon. This
led to station entry being later freed as
next_beacon before __sta_info_flush() in
ieee80211_stop_ap() and a subsequent invalid
pointer dereference crash.

The problem was that ieee80211_ptr->use_4addr
wasn't cleared on interface type changes.

This could be reproduced with the following steps:

 # host A and host B have just booted; no
 # wpa_s/hostapd running; all vifs are down
 host A> iw wlan0 set type station
 host A> iw wlan0 set 4addr on
 host A> printf 'interface=wlan0\nssid=4addrcrash\nchannel=1\nwds_sta=1' > /tmp/hconf
 host A> hostapd -B /tmp/conf
 host B> iw wlan0 set 4addr on
 host B> ifconfig wlan0 up
 host B> iw wlan0 connect -w hostAssid
 host A> pkill hostapd
 # host A crashed:

 [  127.928192] BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 00000000000006c8
 [  127.929014] IP: [<ffffffff816f4f32>] __sta_info_flush+0xac/0x158
 ...
 [  127.934578]  [<ffffffff8170789e>] ieee80211_stop_ap+0x139/0x26c
 [  127.934578]  [<ffffffff8100498f>] ? dump_trace+0x279/0x28a
 [  127.934578]  [<ffffffff816dc661>] __cfg80211_stop_ap+0x84/0x191
 [  127.934578]  [<ffffffff816dc7ad>] cfg80211_stop_ap+0x3f/0x58
 [  127.934578]  [<ffffffff816c5ad6>] nl80211_stop_ap+0x1b/0x1d
 [  127.934578]  [<ffffffff815e53f8>] genl_family_rcv_msg+0x259/0x2b5

Note: This isn't a revert of f8cdddb8d6
("cfg80211: check iface combinations only when
iface is running") as far as functionality is
considered because b6a550156b ("cfg80211/mac80211:
move more combination checks to mac80211") moved
the logic somewhere else already.

Fixes: f8cdddb8d6 ("cfg80211: check iface combinations only when iface is running")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-05-29 13:05:40 +02:00
Michal Kazior
ab499db80f mac80211: prevent possible crypto tx tailroom corruption
There was a possible race between
ieee80211_reconfig() and
ieee80211_delayed_tailroom_dec(). This could
result in inability to transmit data if driver
crashed during roaming or rekeying and subsequent
skbs with insufficient tailroom appeared.

This race was probably never seen in the wild
because a device driver would have to crash AND
recover within 0.5s which is very unlikely.

I was able to prove this race exists after
changing the delay to 10s locally and crashing
ath10k via debugfs immediately after GTK
rekeying. In case of ath10k the counter went below
0. This was harmless but other drivers which
actually require tailroom (e.g. for WEP ICV or
MMIC) could end up with the counter at 0 instead
of >0 and introduce insufficient skb tailroom
failures because mac80211 would not resize skbs
appropriately anymore.

Fixes: 8d1f7ecd2a ("mac80211: defer tailroom counter manipulation when roaming")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-05-29 13:04:46 +02:00
Antonio Quartulli
8ea64e2708 batman-adv: Use common declaration order in *_send_skb_(packet|unicast)
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com>
2015-05-29 10:13:37 +02:00
Markus Pargmann
01b97a3eed batman-adv: iv_ogm_orig_update, remove unnecessary brackets
Remove these unnecessary brackets inside a condition.

Signed-off-by: Markus Pargmann <mpa@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
2015-05-29 10:13:37 +02:00
Markus Pargmann
8f34b38878 batman-adv: iv_ogm_can_aggregate, code readability
This patch tries to increase code readability by negating the first if
block and rearranging some of the other conditional blocks. This way we
save an indentation level, we also save some allocation that is not
necessary for one of the conditions.

Signed-off-by: Markus Pargmann <mpa@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
2015-05-29 10:13:37 +02:00
Marek Lindner
fc1f869366 batman-adv: checkpatch - spaces preferred around that '*'
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
2015-05-29 10:13:37 +02:00
Marek Lindner
00f548bf54 batman-adv: checkpatch - comparison to NULL could be rewritten
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
2015-05-29 10:13:37 +02:00
Sven Eckelmann
dab7b62190 batman-adv: Use safer default config for optional features
The current default settings for optional features in batman-adv seems to
be based around the idea that the user only compiles what he requires. They
will automatically enabled when they are compiled in. For example the
network coding part of batman-adv is by default disabled in the out-of-tree
module but will be enabled when the code is compiled during the module
build.

But distributions like Debian just enable all features of the batman-adv
kernel module and hope that more experimental features or features with
possible negative effects have to be enabled using some runtime
configuration interface.

The network_coding feature can help in specific setups but also has
drawbacks and is not disabled by default in the out-of-tree module.
Disabling by default in the runtime config seems to be also quite sane.

The bridge_loop_avoidance is the only feature which is disabled by default
but may be necessary even in simple setups. Packet loops may even be
created during the initial node setup when this is not enabled. This is
different than STP on bridges because mesh is usually used on Adhoc WiFi.
Having two nodes (by accident) in the same LAN segment and in the same mesh
network is rather common in this situation.

Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Acked-by: Martin Hundebøll <martin@hundeboll.net>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
2015-05-29 10:13:36 +02:00
Markus Pargmann
de12baece9 batman-adv: iv_ogm_send_to_if, declare char* as const
This string pointer is later assigned to a constant string, so it should
be defined constant at the beginning.

Signed-off-by: Markus Pargmann <mpa@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
2015-05-29 10:13:36 +02:00
Markus Pargmann
9fd9b19ea0 batman-adv: iv_ogm_aggr_packet, bool return value
This function returns bool values, so it should be defined to return
them instead of the whole int range.

Signed-off-by: Markus Pargmann <mpa@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
2015-05-29 10:13:36 +02:00
Markus Pargmann
42d9f2cbd4 batman-adv: iv_ogm_iface_enable, direct return values
Directly return error values. No need to use a return variable.

Signed-off-by: Markus Pargmann <mpa@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
2015-05-29 10:13:36 +02:00
Markus Pargmann
9fc1883ef2 batman-adv: Makefile, Sort alphabetically
The whole Makefile is sorted, just the multicast rule is not at the
right position.

Signed-off-by: Markus Pargmann <mpa@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
2015-05-29 10:13:36 +02:00
Markus Pargmann
16b9ce83fb batman-adv: tvlv realloc, move error handling into if block
Instead of hiding the normal function flow inside an if block, we should
just put the error handling into the if block.

Signed-off-by: Markus Pargmann <mpa@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
2015-05-29 10:13:36 +02:00
Markus Pargmann
9bb218828c batman-adv: debugfs, avoid compiling for !DEBUG_FS
Normally the debugfs framework will return error pointer with -ENODEV
for function calls when DEBUG_FS is not set.

batman does not notice this error code and continues trying to create
debugfs files and executes more code. We can avoid this code execution
by disabling compiling debugfs.c when DEBUG_FS is not set.

Signed-off-by: Markus Pargmann <mpa@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
2015-05-29 10:13:35 +02:00
Sven Eckelmann
83e8b87721 batman-adv: Use only queued fragments when merging
The fragment queueing code now validates the total_size of each fragment,
checks when enough fragments are queued to allow to merge them into a
single packet and if the fragments have the correct size. Therefore, it is
not required to have any other parameter for the merging function than a
list of queued fragments.

This change should avoid problems like in the past when the different skb
from the list and the function parameter were mixed incorrectly.

Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Acked-by: Martin Hundebøll <martin@hundeboll.net>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
2015-05-29 10:13:35 +02:00
Sven Eckelmann
53e771457e batman-adv: Check total_size when queueing fragments
The fragmentation code was replaced in
610bfc6bc9 ("batman-adv: Receive fragmented
packets and merge") by an implementation which handles the queueing+merging
of fragments based on their size and the total_size of the non-fragmented
packet. This total_size is announced by each fragment. The new
implementation doesn't check if the the total_size information of the
packets inside one chain is consistent.

This is consistency check is recommended to allow using any of the packets
in the queue to decide whether all fragments of a packet are received or
not.

Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Acked-by: Martin Hundebøll <martin@hundeboll.net>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
2015-05-29 10:13:35 +02:00
Sven Eckelmann
9f6446c7f9 batman-adv: update copyright years for 2015
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
2015-05-29 10:13:35 +02:00
Simon Wunderlich
70e717762d batman-adv: Start new development cycle
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
2015-05-29 10:13:35 +02:00
David S. Miller
5aab0e8a45 Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/klassert/ipsec
Steffen Klassert says:

====================
pull request (net): ipsec 2015-05-28

1) Fix a race in xfrm_state_lookup_byspi, we need to take
   the refcount before we release xfrm_state_lock.
   From Li RongQing.

2) Fix IV generation on ESN state. We used just the
   low order sequence numbers for IV generation on
   ESN, as a result the IV can repeat on the same
   state. Fix this by using the  high order sequence
   number bits too and make sure to always initialize
   the high order bits with zero. These patches are
   serious stable candidates. Fixes from Herbert Xu.

3) Fix the skb->mark handling on vti. We don't
   reset skb->mark in skb_scrub_packet anymore,
   so vti must care to restore the original
   value back after it was used to lookup the
   vti policy and state. Fixes from Alexander Duyck.

Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-28 20:41:35 -07:00
David S. Miller
a74eab639e Merge branch 'master' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/klassert/ipsec-next
Steffen Klassert says:

====================
pull request (net-next): ipsec-next 2015-05-28

1) Remove xfrm_queue_purge as this is the same as skb_queue_purge.

2) Optimize policy and state walk.

3) Use a sane return code if afinfo registration fails.

4) Only check fori a acquire state if the state is not valid.

5) Remove a unnecessary NULL check before xfrm_pol_hold
   as it checks the input for NULL.

6) Return directly if the xfrm hold queue is empty, avoid
   to take a lock as it is nothing to do in this case.

7) Optimize the inexact policy search and allow for matching
   of policies with priority ~0U.

All from Li RongQing.

Please pull or let me know if there are problems.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-28 20:23:01 -07:00
Alexander Duyck
d55c670cbc ip_vti/ip6_vti: Preserve skb->mark after rcv_cb call
The vti6_rcv_cb and vti_rcv_cb calls were leaving the skb->mark modified
after completing the function.  This resulted in the original skb->mark
value being lost.  Since we only need skb->mark to be set for
xfrm_policy_check we can pull the assignment into the rcv_cb calls and then
just restore the original mark after xfrm_policy_check has been completed.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
2015-05-28 06:23:32 +02:00
Alexander Duyck
049f8e2e28 xfrm: Override skb->mark with tunnel->parm.i_key in xfrm_input
This change makes it so that if a tunnel is defined we just use the mark
from the tunnel instead of the mark from the skb header.  By doing this we
can avoid the need to set skb->mark inside of the tunnel receive functions.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
2015-05-28 06:23:31 +02:00
Alexander Duyck
cd5279c194 ip_vti/ip6_vti: Do not touch skb->mark on xmit
Instead of modifying skb->mark we can simply modify the flowi_mark that is
generated as a result of the xfrm_decode_session.  By doing this we don't
need to actually touch the skb->mark and it can be preserved as it passes
out through the tunnel.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
2015-05-28 06:23:31 +02:00
Herbert Xu
957e0fe629 mac80211: Switch to new AEAD interface
This patch makes use of the new AEAD interface which uses a single
SG list instead of separate lists for the AD and plain text.

Tested-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
2015-05-28 11:23:20 +08:00
Herbert Xu
25528fdae4 mac802154: Switch to new AEAD interface
This patch makes use of the new AEAD interface which uses a single
SG list instead of separate lists for the AD and plain text.

Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
2015-05-28 11:23:20 +08:00
Herbert Xu
000ae7b269 esp6: Switch to new AEAD interface
This patch makes use of the new AEAD interface which uses a single
SG list instead of separate lists for the AD and plain text.  The
IV generation is also now carried out through normal AEAD methods.

Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
2015-05-28 11:23:20 +08:00
Herbert Xu
7021b2e1cd esp4: Switch to new AEAD interface
This patch makes use of the new AEAD interface which uses a single
SG list instead of separate lists for the AD and plain text.  The
IV generation is also now carried out through normal AEAD methods.

Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
2015-05-28 11:23:20 +08:00
Herbert Xu
69b0137f61 ipsec: Add IV generator information to xfrm_state
This patch adds IV generator information to xfrm_state.  This
is currently obtained from our own list of algorithm descriptions.

Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
2015-05-28 11:23:20 +08:00
Herbert Xu
165ecc6373 xfrm: Add IV generator information to xfrm_algo_desc
This patch adds IV generator information for each AEAD and block
cipher to xfrm_algo_desc.  This will be used to access the new
AEAD interface.

Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
2015-05-28 11:23:19 +08:00
Luis R. Rodriguez
9c27847dda kernel/params: constify struct kernel_param_ops uses
Most code already uses consts for the struct kernel_param_ops,
sweep the kernel for the last offending stragglers. Other than
include/linux/moduleparam.h and kernel/params.c all other changes
were generated with the following Coccinelle SmPL patch. Merge
conflicts between trees can be handled with Coccinelle.

In the future git could get Coccinelle merge support to deal with
patch --> fail --> grammar --> Coccinelle --> new patch conflicts
automatically for us on patches where the grammar is available and
the patch is of high confidence. Consider this a feature request.

Test compiled on x86_64 against:

	* allnoconfig
	* allmodconfig
	* allyesconfig

@ const_found @
identifier ops;
@@

const struct kernel_param_ops ops = {
};

@ const_not_found depends on !const_found @
identifier ops;
@@

-struct kernel_param_ops ops = {
+const struct kernel_param_ops ops = {
};

Generated-by: Coccinelle SmPL
Cc: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Cc: Junio C Hamano <gitster@pobox.com>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
Cc: cocci@systeme.lip6.fr
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@suse.com>
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
2015-05-28 11:32:10 +09:30
Linus Torvalds
8f98bcdf8f Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:

 1) Don't use MMIO on certain iwlwifi devices otherwise we get a
    firmware crash.

 2) Don't corrupt the GRO lists of mac80211 contexts by doing sends via
    timer interrupt, from Johannes Berg.

 3) SKB tailroom is miscalculated in AP_VLAN crypto code, from Michal
    Kazior.

 4) Fix fw_status memory leak in iwlwifi, from Haim Dreyfuss.

 5) Fix use after free in iwl_mvm_d0i3_enable_tx(), from Eliad Peller.

 6) JIT'ing of large BPF programs is broken on x86, from Alexei
    Starovoitov.

 7) EMAC driver ethtool register dump size is miscalculated, from Ivan
    Mikhaylov.

 8) Fix PHY initial link mode when autonegotiation is disabled in
    amd-xgbe, from Tom Lendacky.

 9) Fix NULL deref on SOCK_DEAD socket in AF_UNIX and CAIF protocols,
    from Mark Salyzyn.

10) credit_bytes not initialized properly in xen-netback, from Ross
   Lagerwall.

11) Fallback from MSI-X to INTx interrupts not handled properly in mlx4
    driver, fix from Benjamin Poirier.

12) Perform ->attach() after binding dev->qdisc in packet scheduler,
    otherwise we can crash.  From Cong WANG.

13) Don't clobber data in sctp_v4_map_v6().  From Jason Gunthorpe.

* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (30 commits)
  sctp: Fix mangled IPv4 addresses on a IPv6 listening socket
  net_sched: invoke ->attach() after setting dev->qdisc
  xen-netfront: properly destroy queues when removing device
  mlx4_core: Fix fallback from MSI-X to INTx
  xen/netback: Properly initialize credit_bytes
  net: netxen: correct sysfs bin attribute return code
  tools: bpf_jit_disasm: fix segfault on disabled debugging log output
  unix/caif: sk_socket can disappear when state is unlocked
  amd-xgbe-phy: Fix initial mode when autoneg is disabled
  net: dp83640: fix improper double spin locking.
  net: dp83640: reinforce locking rules.
  net: dp83640: fix broken calibration routine.
  net: stmmac: create one debugfs dir per net-device
  net/ibm/emac: fix size of emac dump memory areas
  x86: bpf_jit: fix compilation of large bpf programs
  net: phy: bcm7xxx: Fix 7425 PHY ID and flags
  iwlwifi: mvm: avoid use-after-free on iwl_mvm_d0i3_enable_tx()
  iwlwifi: mvm: clean net-detect info if device was reset during suspend
  iwlwifi: mvm: take the UCODE_DOWN reference when resuming
  iwlwifi: mvm: BT Coex - duplicate the command if sent ASYNC
  ...
2015-05-27 13:41:13 -07:00
Eric Dumazet
ed2dfd9009 tcp/dccp: warn user for preferred ip_local_port_range
After commit 07f4c90062 ("tcp/dccp: try to not exhaust
ip_local_port_range in connect()") it is advised to have an even number
of ports described in /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_local_port_range

This means start/end values should have a different parity.

Let's warn sysadmins of this, so that they can update their settings
if they want to.

Suggested-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-27 14:35:36 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
e2baad9e4b tcp: connect() from bound sockets can be faster
__inet_hash_connect() does not use its third argument (port_offset)
if socket was already bound to a source port.

No need to perform useless but expensive md5 computations.

Reported-by: Crestez Dan Leonard <cdleonard@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-27 14:30:10 -04:00
WANG Cong
86e363dc3b net_sched: invoke ->attach() after setting dev->qdisc
For mq qdisc, we add per tx queue qdisc to root qdisc
for display purpose, however, that happens too early,
before the new dev->qdisc is finally set, this causes
q->list points to an old root qdisc which is going to be
freed right before assigning with a new one.

Fix this by moving ->attach() after setting dev->qdisc.

For the record, this fixes the following crash:

 ------------[ cut here ]------------
 WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 975 at lib/list_debug.c:59 __list_del_entry+0x5a/0x98()
 list_del corruption. prev->next should be ffff8800d1998ae8, but was 6b6b6b6b6b6b6b6b
 CPU: 1 PID: 975 Comm: tc Not tainted 4.1.0-rc4+ #1019
 Hardware name: Bochs Bochs, BIOS Bochs 01/01/2011
  0000000000000009 ffff8800d73fb928 ffffffff81a44e7f 0000000047574756
  ffff8800d73fb978 ffff8800d73fb968 ffffffff810790da ffff8800cfc4cd20
  ffffffff814e725b ffff8800d1998ae8 ffffffff82381250 0000000000000000
 Call Trace:
  [<ffffffff81a44e7f>] dump_stack+0x4c/0x65
  [<ffffffff810790da>] warn_slowpath_common+0x9c/0xb6
  [<ffffffff814e725b>] ? __list_del_entry+0x5a/0x98
  [<ffffffff81079162>] warn_slowpath_fmt+0x46/0x48
  [<ffffffff81820eb0>] ? dev_graft_qdisc+0x5e/0x6a
  [<ffffffff814e725b>] __list_del_entry+0x5a/0x98
  [<ffffffff814e72a7>] list_del+0xe/0x2d
  [<ffffffff81822f05>] qdisc_list_del+0x1e/0x20
  [<ffffffff81820cd1>] qdisc_destroy+0x30/0xd6
  [<ffffffff81822676>] qdisc_graft+0x11d/0x243
  [<ffffffff818233c1>] tc_get_qdisc+0x1a6/0x1d4
  [<ffffffff810b5eaf>] ? mark_lock+0x2e/0x226
  [<ffffffff817ff8f5>] rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0x181/0x194
  [<ffffffff817ff72e>] ? rtnl_lock+0x17/0x19
  [<ffffffff817ff72e>] ? rtnl_lock+0x17/0x19
  [<ffffffff817ff774>] ? __rtnl_unlock+0x17/0x17
  [<ffffffff81855dc6>] netlink_rcv_skb+0x4d/0x93
  [<ffffffff817ff756>] rtnetlink_rcv+0x26/0x2d
  [<ffffffff818544b2>] netlink_unicast+0xcb/0x150
  [<ffffffff81161db9>] ? might_fault+0x59/0xa9
  [<ffffffff81854f78>] netlink_sendmsg+0x4fa/0x51c
  [<ffffffff817d6e09>] sock_sendmsg_nosec+0x12/0x1d
  [<ffffffff817d8967>] sock_sendmsg+0x29/0x2e
  [<ffffffff817d8cf3>] ___sys_sendmsg+0x1b4/0x23a
  [<ffffffff8100a1b8>] ? native_sched_clock+0x35/0x37
  [<ffffffff810a1d83>] ? sched_clock_local+0x12/0x72
  [<ffffffff810a1fd4>] ? sched_clock_cpu+0x9e/0xb7
  [<ffffffff810def2a>] ? current_kernel_time+0xe/0x32
  [<ffffffff810b4bc5>] ? lock_release_holdtime.part.29+0x71/0x7f
  [<ffffffff810ddebf>] ? read_seqcount_begin.constprop.27+0x5f/0x76
  [<ffffffff810b6292>] ? trace_hardirqs_on_caller+0x17d/0x199
  [<ffffffff811b14d5>] ? __fget_light+0x50/0x78
  [<ffffffff817d9808>] __sys_sendmsg+0x42/0x60
  [<ffffffff817d9838>] SyS_sendmsg+0x12/0x1c
  [<ffffffff81a50e97>] system_call_fastpath+0x12/0x6f
 ---[ end trace ef29d3fb28e97ae7 ]---

For long term, we probably need to clean up the qdisc_graft() code
in case it hides other bugs like this.

Fixes: 95dc19299f ("pkt_sched: give visibility to mq slave qdiscs")
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-27 14:09:55 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
07f4c90062 tcp/dccp: try to not exhaust ip_local_port_range in connect()
A long standing problem on busy servers is the tiny available TCP port
range (/proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_local_port_range) and the default
sequential allocation of source ports in connect() system call.

If a host is having a lot of active TCP sessions, chances are
very high that all ports are in use by at least one flow,
and subsequent bind(0) attempts fail, or have to scan a big portion of
space to find a slot.

In this patch, I changed the starting point in __inet_hash_connect()
so that we try to favor even [1] ports, leaving odd ports for bind()
users.

We still perform a sequential search, so there is no guarantee, but
if connect() targets are very different, end result is we leave
more ports available to bind(), and we spread them all over the range,
lowering time for both connect() and bind() to find a slot.

This strategy only works well if /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_local_port_range
is even, ie if start/end values have different parity.

Therefore, default /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_local_port_range was changed to
32768 - 60999 (instead of 32768 - 61000)

There is no change on security aspects here, only some poor hashing
schemes could be eventually impacted by this change.

[1] : The odd/even property depends on ip_local_port_range values parity

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-27 13:30:44 -04:00
Alexander Aring
b69644c1c7 nl802154: add support to set cca ed level
This patch adds support for setting the current cca ed level value over
nl802154.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-05-27 19:29:42 +02:00
Alexander Aring
e4390592a4 nl802154: add support for cca ed level info
This patch adds information about the current cca ed level when the phy
is dumped over nl802154.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-05-27 19:29:42 +02:00
Florian Westphal
d6b915e29f ip_fragment: don't forward defragmented DF packet
We currently always send fragments without DF bit set.

Thus, given following setup:

mtu1500 - mtu1500:1400 - mtu1400:1280 - mtu1280
   A           R1              R2         B

Where R1 and R2 run linux with netfilter defragmentation/conntrack
enabled, then if Host A sent a fragmented packet _with_ DF set to B, R1
will respond with icmp too big error if one of these fragments exceeded
1400 bytes.

However, if R1 receives fragment sizes 1200 and 100, it would
forward the reassembled packet without refragmenting, i.e.
R2 will send an icmp error in response to a packet that was never sent,
citing mtu that the original sender never exceeded.

The other minor issue is that a refragmentation on R1 will conceal the
MTU of R2-B since refragmentation does not set DF bit on the fragments.

This modifies ip_fragment so that we track largest fragment size seen
both for DF and non-DF packets, and set frag_max_size to the largest
value.

If the DF fragment size is larger or equal to the non-df one, we will
consider the packet a path mtu probe:
We set DF bit on the reassembled skb and also tag it with a new IPCB flag
to force refragmentation even if skb fits outdev mtu.

We will also set DF bit on each fragment in this case.

Joint work with Hannes Frederic Sowa.

Reported-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-27 13:03:31 -04:00
Florian Westphal
c5501eb340 net: ipv4: avoid repeated calls to ip_skb_dst_mtu helper
ip_skb_dst_mtu is small inline helper, but its called in several places.

before: 17061      44       0   17105    42d1 net/ipv4/ip_output.o
after:  16805      44       0   16849    41d1 net/ipv4/ip_output.o

Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-27 13:03:30 -04:00
Varka Bhadram
dec169eccc ieee802154: fix typo for file name
Signed-off-by: Varka Bhadram <varkab@cdac.in>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-05-27 13:32:46 +02:00
Varka Bhadram
0f999b09f5 ieee802154: add set transmit power support
This patch adds transmission power setting support for IEEE-802.15.4
devices via nl802154.

Signed-off-by: Varka Bhadram <varkab@cdac.in>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-05-27 13:29:25 +02:00
David S. Miller
ffa915d071 ipv4: Fix fib_trie.c build, missing linux/vmalloc.h include.
We used to get this indirectly I supposed, but no longer do.

Either way, an explicit include should have been done in the
first place.

   net/ipv4/fib_trie.c: In function '__node_free_rcu':
>> net/ipv4/fib_trie.c:293:3: error: implicit declaration of function 'vfree' [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
      vfree(n);
      ^
   net/ipv4/fib_trie.c: In function 'tnode_alloc':
>> net/ipv4/fib_trie.c:312:3: error: implicit declaration of function 'vzalloc' [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
      return vzalloc(size);
      ^
>> net/ipv4/fib_trie.c:312:3: warning: return makes pointer from integer without a cast
   cc1: some warnings being treated as errors

Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-27 00:19:03 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
d6a4e26afb tcp: tcp_tso_autosize() minimum is one packet
By making sure sk->sk_gso_max_segs minimal value is one,
and sysctl_tcp_min_tso_segs minimal value is one as well,
tcp_tso_autosize() will return a non zero value.

We can then revert 843925f33f
("tcp: Do not apply TSO segment limit to non-TSO packets")
and save few cpu cycles in fast path.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-26 23:21:29 -04:00
Mark Salyzyn
b48732e4a4 unix/caif: sk_socket can disappear when state is unlocked
got a rare NULL pointer dereference in clear_bit

Signed-off-by: Mark Salyzyn <salyzyn@android.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
----
v2: switch to sock_flag(sk, SOCK_DEAD) and added net/caif/caif_socket.c
v3: return -ECONNRESET in upstream caller of wait function for SOCK_DEAD
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-26 23:19:29 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
095dc8e0c3 tcp: fix/cleanup inet_ehash_locks_alloc()
If tcp ehash table is constrained to a very small number of buckets
(eg boot parameter thash_entries=128), then we can crash if spinlock
array has more entries.

While we are at it, un-inline inet_ehash_locks_alloc() and make
following changes :

- Budget 2 cache lines per cpu worth of 'spinlocks'
- Try to kmalloc() the array to avoid extra TLB pressure.
  (Most servers at Google allocate 8192 bytes for this hash table)
- Get rid of various #ifdef

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-26 19:48:46 -04:00
Jon Paul Maloy
f3903bcc00 tipc: fix bug in link protocol message create function
In commit dd3f9e70f5
("tipc: add packet sequence number at instant of transmission") we
made a change with the consequence that packets in the link backlog
queue don't contain valid sequence numbers.

However, when we create a link protocol message, we still use the
sequence number of the first packet in the backlog, if there is any,
as "next_sent" indicator in the message. This may entail unnecessary
retransissions or stale packet transmission when there is very low
traffic on the link.

This commit fixes this issue by only using the current value of
tipc_link::snd_nxt as indicator.

Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-26 19:43:03 -04:00
David S. Miller
fe9066ade6 We have three more fixes:
* AP_VLAN tailroom calculation fix, the bug leads to warnings
    along with dropped packets
  * NAPI context issue, calling napi_gro_receive() from a timer
    (obviously) can lead to crashes
  * remain-on-channel combining leads to dropped requests and not
    being able to finish certain operations, so remove it
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQIcBAABCAAGBQJVZB7ZAAoJEDBSmw7B7bqr/qkQAKW5RHFfo8TtjUB7pl/iWqc3
 /gyym9tisy4hc7OOr8BDTQdUvqzY4fRMhuTAvjPLXCqdV2Isz1IetiogiJRMglNs
 3v83QkmEI8vMQ3lP6Y+2Hnz9tw1zNaVXHGwIKPjk9YLrzsBV0AJoGqn8qo4OBfWl
 JjkHLM6/0PVDy5UDF95cRyM6+L0XJdPdVS/YRLslp5Tda8fgTbH+dMwLnzjQZbIu
 ZanFpAuRxx35g/Zg6vAsRhlva/zrucphteaiJGAa6a3NgH9Z4tDlGHRveHQOgNYt
 xHKNcvOgegaFNcEY8ftKMcQ/RIVJjxXr6nPYnQyFnG0aAxYePysNx8TJaUX2dxq7
 +O1RlYHwJpRRUmScSsDFDa/CmQcpUxgloUfCmkWS611g1LZFnpVOcXEZRJg/c9lm
 hO6mH19OYlDiWeE3ZhKeYJNxmpWvPM4bxhswHcYfLG+vA93kLTYQ/xGi/0YfMKl+
 +UCTPbdiXdRyYLzixiu/NWcKwWDH2pHAH1pjimH+r2266lQYs2Jsk8436uQKhZxI
 D4l3ethujDcmMzO+ZTzLHjWbNdO2fC4R1LIF/Eg/sDe7g11dQItWYrAVddQFIkfb
 /A5VV1DbGW33tpj4QUXfjuQ65I6rLOq4NbTY3j4/lPSiDkqIpEfwjzuc3/UZeuZl
 Z8cu8Qxf7jdOfihbnUFR
 =PS0g
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2015-05-26' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211

Johannes Berg says:

====================
We have three more fixes:
 * AP_VLAN tailroom calculation fix, the bug leads to warnings
   along with dropped packets
 * NAPI context issue, calling napi_gro_receive() from a timer
   (obviously) can lead to crashes
 * remain-on-channel combining leads to dropped requests and not
   being able to finish certain operations, so remove it
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-26 19:38:53 -04:00
Alexander Aring
fc4f805243 nl802154: fix cca mode wpan phy flag
This patch fix the handling to call cca mode setting. If the phy isn't
flag then the driver doesn't support this setting.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-05-26 23:45:15 +02:00
Lennert Buytenhek
641459ca33 mac802154: mac802154_mlme_start_req() optimisation.
mac802154_mlme_start_req() calls
ieee802154_mlme_ops(dev)->llsec->set_params() on the net_device
passed into it, however, this net_device will always be a mac802154
net_device, so just call mac802154_set_params() directly instead.

Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-05-26 20:26:10 +02:00
Lennert Buytenhek
66a3297f6d ieee802154 socket: No need to check for ARPHRD_IEEE802154 in raw_bind().
ieee802154_get_dev() only returns devices that have dev->type ==
ARPHRD_IEEE802154, therefore, there is no need to check this again
in raw_bind().

Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-05-26 20:26:10 +02:00
Lennert Buytenhek
01c8d2bbd4 ieee802154: Remove 802.15.4/6LoWPAN checks for interface MTU.
In the past, 802.15.4 interfaces and 6LoWPAN interfaces used the
same dev->type (ARPHRD_IEEE802154), and 802.15.4 interfaces were
distinguished from 6LoWPAN interfaces by their differing dev->mtu.

6LoWPAN interfaces have their own ARPHRD type now, so there is no
longer any need to check dev->mtu to distinguish 802.15.4 devices
from 6LoWPAN devices.

Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-05-26 20:26:09 +02:00
Pablo Neira Ayuso
ed6c4136f1 netfilter: nf_tables: add netdev table to filter from ingress
This allows us to create netdev tables that contain ingress chains. Use
skb_header_pointer() as we may see shared sk_buffs at this stage.

This change provides access to the existing nf_tables features from the ingress
hook.

Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2015-05-26 18:41:23 +02:00
Pablo Neira Ayuso
ebddf1a8d7 netfilter: nf_tables: allow to bind table to net_device
This patch adds the internal NFT_AF_NEEDS_DEV flag to indicate that you must
attach this table to a net_device.

This change is required by the follow up patch that introduces the new netdev
table.

Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2015-05-26 18:41:17 +02:00
Pablo Neira Ayuso
529985de20 netfilter: default CONFIG_NETFILTER_INGRESS to y
Useful to compile-test all options.

Suggested-by: Alexei Stavoroitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2015-05-26 18:41:06 +02:00
Florian Westphal
2f06550b3b netfilter: remove unused comefrom hookmask argument
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2015-05-26 18:40:30 +02:00
Lennert Buytenhek
c032705ebf ieee802154 socket: Return EMSGSIZE from raw_sendmsg() if packet too big.
The proper return code for trying to send a packet that exceeds the
outgoing interface's MTU is EMSGSIZE, not EINVAL, so patch ieee802154's
raw_sendmsg() to do the right thing.  (Its dgram_sendmsg() was already
returning EMSGSIZE for this case.)

Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-05-26 18:07:39 +02:00
Lennert Buytenhek
e34fd879f5 mac802154: Avoid rtnl deadlock in mac802154_wpan_ioctl().
->ndo_do_ioctl() can be entered with the rtnl lock already held,
for example when sending a wext ioctl to a device (in which case
the rtnl lock is taken by wext_ioctl_dispatch()), but
mac802154_wpan_ioctl() currently unconditionally takes the rtnl
lock on entry, which can cause deadlocks.

To fix this, bail out of mac802154_wpan_ioctl() before taking the
rtnl lock if the ioctl cmd is not one of the cmds we implement.

Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-05-26 18:03:01 +02:00
Johannes Berg
80279fb7ba cfg80211: properly send NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP in disconnect
When we disconnect from the AP, drivers call cfg80211_disconnect().
This doesn't know whether the disconnection was initiated locally
or by the AP though, which can cause problems with the supplicant,
for example with WPS. This issue obviously doesn't show up with any
mac80211 based driver since mac80211 doesn't call this function.

Fix this by requiring drivers to indicate whether the disconnect is
locally generated or not. I've tried to update the drivers, but may
not have gotten the values correct, and some drivers may currently
not be able to report correct values. In case of doubt I left it at
false, which is the current behaviour.

For libertas, make adjustments as indicated by Dan Williams.

Reported-by: Matthieu Mauger <matthieux.mauger@intel.com>
Tested-by: Matthieu Mauger <matthieux.mauger@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-05-26 15:21:27 +02:00
Geert Uytterhoeven
069d4a7b58 netfilter: ebtables: fix comment grammar
s/stongly inspired on/strongly inspired by/

Signed-off-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert+renesas@glider.be>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
2015-05-26 15:10:01 +02:00
Eric Dumazet
05c985436d net: fix inet_proto_csum_replace4() sparse errors
make C=2 CF=-D__CHECK_ENDIAN__ net/core/utils.o
...
net/core/utils.c:307:72: warning: incorrect type in argument 2 (different base types)
net/core/utils.c:307:72:    expected restricted __wsum [usertype] addend
net/core/utils.c:307:72:    got restricted __be32 [usertype] from
net/core/utils.c:308:34: warning: incorrect type in argument 2 (different base types)
net/core/utils.c:308:34:    expected restricted __wsum [usertype] addend
net/core/utils.c:308:34:    got restricted __be32 [usertype] to
net/core/utils.c:310:70: warning: incorrect type in argument 2 (different base types)
net/core/utils.c:310:70:    expected restricted __wsum [usertype] addend
net/core/utils.c:310:70:    got restricted __be32 [usertype] from
net/core/utils.c:310:77: warning: incorrect type in argument 2 (different base types)
net/core/utils.c:310:77:    expected restricted __wsum [usertype] addend
net/core/utils.c:310:77:    got restricted __be32 [usertype] to
net/core/utils.c:312:72: warning: incorrect type in argument 2 (different base types)
net/core/utils.c:312:72:    expected restricted __wsum [usertype] addend
net/core/utils.c:312:72:    got restricted __be32 [usertype] from
net/core/utils.c:313:35: warning: incorrect type in argument 2 (different base types)
net/core/utils.c:313:35:    expected restricted __wsum [usertype] addend
net/core/utils.c:313:35:    got restricted __be32 [usertype] to

Note we can use csum_replace4() helper

Fixes: 58e3cac561 ("net: optimise inet_proto_csum_replace4()")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-25 22:56:47 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
68319052d1 net: remove a sparse error in secure_dccpv6_sequence_number()
make C=2 CF=-D__CHECK_ENDIAN__ net/core/secure_seq.o
net/core/secure_seq.c:157:50: warning: restricted __be32 degrades to
integer

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-25 22:55:37 -04:00
Florian Grandel
f72186d22a Bluetooth: mgmt: fix typos
A few comments had minor typos. These are being fixed.

Signed-off-by: Florian Grandel <fgrandel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-05-26 03:57:56 +02:00
Wilson Kok
eb8d7baae2 bridge: skip fdb add if the port shouldn't learn
Check in fdb_add_entry() if the source port should learn, similar
check is used in br_fdb_update.
Note that new fdb entries which are added manually or
as local ones are still permitted.
This patch has been tested by running traffic via a bridge port and
switching the port's state, also by manually adding/removing entries
from the bridge's fdb.

Signed-off-by: Wilson Kok <wkok@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-25 20:29:54 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
d496958145 pktgen: remove one sparse error
net/core/pktgen.c:2672:43: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
net/core/pktgen.c:2672:43:    expected unsigned short [unsigned] [short] [usertype] <noident>
net/core/pktgen.c:2672:43:    got restricted __be16 [usertype] protocol

Let's use proper struct ethhdr instead of hard coding everything.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-25 20:27:50 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
7f1598678d ipv6: ipv6_select_ident() returns a __be32
ipv6_select_ident() returns a 32bit value in network order.

Fixes: 286c2349f6 ("ipv6: Clean up ipv6_select_ident() and ip6_fragment()")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Acked-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-25 20:27:11 -04:00
Nicholas Mc Guire
005e8709c6 irda: use msecs_to_jiffies for conversion to jiffies
API compliance scanning with coccinelle flagged:
./net/irda/timer.c:63:35-37: use of msecs_to_jiffies probably perferable

Converting milliseconds to jiffies by "val * HZ / 1000" technically
is not a clean solution as it does not handle all corner cases correctly.
By changing the conversion to use msecs_to_jiffies(val) conversion is
correct in all cases. Further the () around the arithmetic expression
was dropped.

Patch was compile tested for x86_64_defconfig + CONFIG_IRDA=m

Patch is against 4.1-rc4 (localversion-next is -next-20150522)

Signed-off-by: Nicholas Mc Guire <hofrat@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-25 17:46:21 -04:00
Linus Lüssing
6ae4ae8e51 bridge: allow setting hash_max + multicast_router if interface is down
Network managers like netifd (used in OpenWRT for instance) try to
configure interface options after creation but before setting the
interface up.

Unfortunately the sysfs / bridge currently only allows to configure the
hash_max and multicast_router options when the bridge interface is up.
But since br_multicast_init() doesn't start any timers and only sets
default values and initializes timers it should be save to reconfigure
the default values after that, before things actually get active after
the bridge is set up.

Signed-off-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@c0d3.blue>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-25 17:28:01 -04:00
Florian Westphal
485fca664d ipv6: don't increase size when refragmenting forwarded ipv6 skbs
since commit 6aafeef03b ("netfilter: push reasm skb through instead of
original frag skbs") we will end up sometimes re-fragmenting skbs
that we've reassembled.

ipv6 defrag preserves the original skbs using the skb frag list, i.e. as long
as the skb frag list is preserved there is no problem since we keep
original geometry of fragments intact.

However, in the rare case where the frag list is munged or skb
is linearized, we might send larger fragments than what we originally
received.

A router in the path might then send packet-too-big errors even if
sender never sent fragments exceeding the reported mtu:

mtu 1500 - 1500:1400 - 1400:1280 - 1280
     A         R1         R2        B

1 - A sends to B, fragment size 1400
2 - R2 sends pkttoobig error for 1280
3 - A sends to B, fragment size 1280
4 - R2 sends pkttoobig error for 1280 again because it sees fragments of size 1400.

make sure ip6_fragment always caps MTU at largest packet size seen
when defragmented skb is forwarded.

Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-25 17:22:23 -04:00
Martin KaFai Lau
d52d3997f8 ipv6: Create percpu rt6_info
After the patch
'ipv6: Only create RTF_CACHE routes after encountering pmtu exception',
we need to compensate the performance hit (bouncing dst->__refcnt).

Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Cc: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-25 13:25:35 -04:00
Martin KaFai Lau
83a09abd1a ipv6: Break up ip6_rt_copy()
This patch breaks up ip6_rt_copy() into ip6_rt_copy_init() and
ip6_rt_cache_alloc().

In the later patch, we need to create a percpu rt6_info copy. Hence,
refactor the common rt6_info init codes to ip6_rt_copy_init().

Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Cc: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-25 13:25:34 -04:00
Martin KaFai Lau
8d0b94afdc ipv6: Keep track of DST_NOCACHE routes in case of iface down/unregister
This patch keeps track of the DST_NOCACHE routes in a list and replaces its
dev with loopback during the iface down/unregister event.

Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Cc: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-25 13:25:34 -04:00
Martin KaFai Lau
3da59bd945 ipv6: Create RTF_CACHE clone when FLOWI_FLAG_KNOWN_NH is set
This patch always creates RTF_CACHE clone with DST_NOCACHE
when FLOWI_FLAG_KNOWN_NH is set so that the rt6i_dst is set to
the fl6->daddr.

Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Tested-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-25 13:25:34 -04:00
Martin KaFai Lau
48e8aa6e31 ipv6: Set FLOWI_FLAG_KNOWN_NH at flowi6_flags
The neighbor look-up used to depend on the rt6i_gateway (if
there is a gateway) or the rt6i_dst (if it is a RTF_CACHE clone)
as the nexthop address.  Note that rt6i_dst is set to fl6->daddr
for the RTF_CACHE clone where fl6->daddr is the one used to do
the route look-up.

Now, we only create RTF_CACHE clone after encountering exception.
When doing the neighbor look-up with a route that is neither a gateway
nor a RTF_CACHE clone, the daddr in skb will be used as the nexthop.

In some cases, the daddr in skb is not the one used to do
the route look-up.  One example is in ip_vs_dr_xmit_v6() where the
real nexthop server address is different from the one in the skb.

This patch is going to follow the IPv4 approach and ask the
ip6_pol_route() callers to set the FLOWI_FLAG_KNOWN_NH properly.

In the next patch, ip6_pol_route() will honor the FLOWI_FLAG_KNOWN_NH
and create a RTF_CACHE clone.

Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Tested-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-25 13:25:34 -04:00
Martin KaFai Lau
b197df4f0f ipv6: Add rt6_get_cookie() function
Instead of doing the rt6->rt6i_node check whenever we need
to get the route's cookie.  Refactor it into rt6_get_cookie().
It is a prep work to handle FLOWI_FLAG_KNOWN_NH and also
percpu rt6_info later.

Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Cc: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-25 13:25:34 -04:00
Martin KaFai Lau
45e4fd2668 ipv6: Only create RTF_CACHE routes after encountering pmtu exception
This patch creates a RTF_CACHE routes only after encountering a pmtu
exception.

After ip6_rt_update_pmtu() has inserted the RTF_CACHE route to the fib6
tree, the rt->rt6i_node->fn_sernum is bumped which will fail the
ip6_dst_check() and trigger a relookup.

Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Cc: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-25 13:25:33 -04:00
Martin KaFai Lau
8b9df26577 ipv6: Combine rt6_alloc_cow and rt6_alloc_clone
A prep work for creating RTF_CACHE on exception only.  After this
patch, the same condition (rt->rt6i_flags & (RTF_NONEXTHOP | RTF_GATEWAY))
is checked twice. This redundancy will be removed in the later patch.

Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Cc: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-25 13:25:33 -04:00
Martin KaFai Lau
2647a9b070 ipv6: Remove external dependency on rt6i_gateway and RTF_ANYCAST
When creating a RTF_CACHE route, RTF_ANYCAST is set based on rt6i_dst.
Also, rt6i_gateway is always set to the nexthop while the nexthop
could be a gateway or the rt6i_dst.addr.

After removing the rt6i_dst and rt6i_src dependency in the last patch,
we also need to stop the caller from depending on rt6i_gateway and
RTF_ANYCAST.

Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Cc: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-25 13:25:33 -04:00
Martin KaFai Lau
fd0273d793 ipv6: Remove external dependency on rt6i_dst and rt6i_src
This patch removes the assumptions that the returned rt is always
a RTF_CACHE entry with the rt6i_dst and rt6i_src containing the
destination and source address.  The dst and src can be recovered from
the calling site.

We may consider to rename (rt6i_dst, rt6i_src) to
(rt6i_key_dst, rt6i_key_src) later.

Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Cc: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-25 13:25:32 -04:00
Martin KaFai Lau
286c2349f6 ipv6: Clean up ipv6_select_ident() and ip6_fragment()
This patch changes the ipv6_select_ident() signature to return a
fragment id instead of taking a whole frag_hdr as a param to
only set the frag_hdr->identification.

It also cleans up ip6_fragment() to obtain the fragment id at the
beginning instead of using multiple "if" later to check fragment id
has been generated or not.

Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Cc: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-25 13:25:32 -04:00
Florian Westphal
cf82624432 ip: reject too-big defragmented DF-skb when forwarding
Send icmp pmtu error if we find that the largest fragment of df-skb
exceeded the output path mtu.

The ip output path will still catch this later on but we can avoid the
forward/postrouting hook traversal by rejecting right away.

This is what ipv6 already does.

Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-25 00:08:48 -04:00
Hannes Frederic Sowa
2b514574f7 net: af_unix: implement splice for stream af_unix sockets
unix_stream_recvmsg is refactored to unix_stream_read_generic in this
patch and enhanced to deal with pipe splicing. The refactoring is
inneglible, we mostly have to deal with a non-existing struct msghdr
argument.

Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-25 00:06:59 -04:00
Hannes Frederic Sowa
a60e3cc7c9 net: make skb_splice_bits more configureable
Prepare skb_splice_bits to be able to deal with AF_UNIX sockets.

AF_UNIX sockets don't use lock_sock/release_sock and thus we have to
use a callback to make the locking and unlocking configureable.

Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-25 00:06:59 -04:00
Hannes Frederic Sowa
869e7c6248 net: af_unix: implement stream sendpage support
This patch implements sendpage support for AF_UNIX SOCK_STREAM
sockets. This is also required for a complete splice implementation.

The implementation is a bit tricky because we append to already existing
skbs and so have to hold unix_sk->readlock to protect the reading side
from either advancing UNIXCB.consumed or freeing the skb at the socket
receive tail.

Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-25 00:06:58 -04:00
Hannes Frederic Sowa
be12a1fe29 net: skbuff: add skb_append_pagefrags and use it
Signed-off-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-25 00:06:58 -04:00
Linus Torvalds
086e8ddb56 Merge branch 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sage/ceph-client
Pull two Ceph fixes from Sage Weil:
 "These fix an issue with the RBD notifications when there are topology
  changes in the cluster"

* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sage/ceph-client:
  Revert "libceph: clear r_req_lru_item in __unregister_linger_request()"
  libceph: request a new osdmap if lingering request maps to no osd
2015-05-23 11:28:25 -07:00
Alexander Aring
c947f7e1e3 mac802154: remove mib lock
This patch removes the mib lock. The new locking mechanism is to protect
the mib values with the rtnl lock. Note that this isn't always necessary
if we have an interface up the most mib values are readonly (e.g.
address settings). With this behaviour we can remove locking in
hotpath like frame parsing completely. It depends on context if we need
to hold the rtnl lock or not, this makes the callbacks of
ieee802154_mlme_ops unnecessary because these callbacks hols always the
locks.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-05-23 17:57:08 +02:00
Alexander Aring
344f8c119d mac802154: use atomic ops for sequence incrementation
This patch will use atomic operations for sequence number incrementation
while MAC header generation. Upper layers like af_802154 or 6LoWPAN
could call this function in a parallel context while generating 802.15.4
MAC header before queuing into wpan interfaces transmit queue.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-05-23 17:57:08 +02:00
Alexander Aring
4a3a8c0c3a mac802154: remove pib lock
This patch removes the pib lock which is now replaced by rtnl lock. The
new interface already use the rtnl lock only. Nevertheless this patch
will fix issues while using new and old interface at the same time.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-05-23 17:57:08 +02:00
Alexander Aring
4a669f7d72 mac802154: fix hold rtnl while ioctl
This patch fixes an issue to set address configuration with ioctl.
Accessing the mib requires rtnl lock and the ndo_do_ioctl doesn't hold
the rtnl lock while this callback is called. This patch do that
manually.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Matteo Petracca <matteo.petracca@sssup.it>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-05-23 17:57:07 +02:00
David S. Miller
36583eb54d Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Conflicts:
	drivers/net/ethernet/cadence/macb.c
	drivers/net/phy/phy.c
	include/linux/skbuff.h
	net/ipv4/tcp.c
	net/switchdev/switchdev.c

Switchdev was a case of RTNH_H_{EXTERNAL --> OFFLOAD}
renaming overlapping with net-next changes of various
sorts.

phy.c was a case of two changes, one adding a local
variable to a function whilst the second was removing
one.

tcp.c overlapped a deadlock fix with the addition of new tcp_info
statistic values.

macb.c involved the addition of two zyncq device entries.

skbuff.h involved adding back ipv4_daddr to nf_bridge_info
whilst net-next changes put two other existing members of
that struct into a union.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-23 01:22:35 -04:00
Jesper Dangaard Brouer
4020726479 pktgen: make /proc/net/pktgen/pgctrl report fail on invalid input
Giving /proc/net/pktgen/pgctrl an invalid command just returns shell
success and prints a warning in dmesg.  This is not very useful for
shell scripting, as it can only detect the error by parsing dmesg.

Instead return -EINVAL when the command is unknown, as this provides
userspace shell scripting a way of detecting this.

Also bump version tag to 2.75, because (1) reading /proc/net/pktgen/pgctrl
output this version number which would allow to detect this small
semantic change, and (2) because the pktgen version tag have not been
updated since 2010.

Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-22 23:59:16 -04:00
Jesper Dangaard Brouer
d079abd181 pktgen: adjust spacing in proc file interface output
Too many spaces were introduced in commit 63adc6fb8a ("pktgen: cleanup
checkpatch warnings"), thus misaligning "src_min:" to other columns.

Fixes: 63adc6fb8a ("pktgen: cleanup checkpatch warnings")
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-22 23:59:16 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
93a33a584e bridge: fix lockdep splat
Following lockdep splat was reported :

[   29.382286] ===============================
[   29.382315] [ INFO: suspicious RCU usage. ]
[   29.382344] 4.1.0-0.rc0.git11.1.fc23.x86_64 #1 Not tainted
[   29.382380] -------------------------------
[   29.382409] net/bridge/br_private.h:626 suspicious
rcu_dereference_check() usage!
[   29.382455]
               other info that might help us debug this:

[   29.382507]
               rcu_scheduler_active = 1, debug_locks = 0
[   29.382549] 2 locks held by swapper/0/0:
[   29.382576]  #0:  (((&p->forward_delay_timer))){+.-...}, at:
[<ffffffff81139f75>] call_timer_fn+0x5/0x4f0
[   29.382660]  #1:  (&(&br->lock)->rlock){+.-...}, at:
[<ffffffffa0450dc1>] br_forward_delay_timer_expired+0x31/0x140
[bridge]
[   29.382754]
               stack backtrace:
[   29.382787] CPU: 0 PID: 0 Comm: swapper/0 Not tainted
4.1.0-0.rc0.git11.1.fc23.x86_64 #1
[   29.382838] Hardware name: LENOVO 422916G/LENOVO, BIOS A1KT53AUS 04/07/2015
[   29.382882]  0000000000000000 3ebfc20364115825 ffff880666603c48
ffffffff81892d4b
[   29.382943]  0000000000000000 ffffffff81e124e0 ffff880666603c78
ffffffff8110bcd7
[   29.383004]  ffff8800785c9d00 ffff88065485ac58 ffff880c62002800
ffff880c5fc88ac0
[   29.383065] Call Trace:
[   29.383084]  <IRQ>  [<ffffffff81892d4b>] dump_stack+0x4c/0x65
[   29.383130]  [<ffffffff8110bcd7>] lockdep_rcu_suspicious+0xe7/0x120
[   29.383178]  [<ffffffffa04520f9>] br_fill_ifinfo+0x4a9/0x6a0 [bridge]
[   29.383225]  [<ffffffffa045266b>] br_ifinfo_notify+0x11b/0x4b0 [bridge]
[   29.383271]  [<ffffffffa0450d90>] ? br_hold_timer_expired+0x70/0x70 [bridge]
[   29.383320]  [<ffffffffa0450de8>]
br_forward_delay_timer_expired+0x58/0x140 [bridge]
[   29.383371]  [<ffffffffa0450d90>] ? br_hold_timer_expired+0x70/0x70 [bridge]
[   29.383416]  [<ffffffff8113a033>] call_timer_fn+0xc3/0x4f0
[   29.383454]  [<ffffffff81139f75>] ? call_timer_fn+0x5/0x4f0
[   29.383493]  [<ffffffff8110a90f>] ? lock_release_holdtime.part.29+0xf/0x200
[   29.383541]  [<ffffffffa0450d90>] ? br_hold_timer_expired+0x70/0x70 [bridge]
[   29.383587]  [<ffffffff8113a6a4>] run_timer_softirq+0x244/0x490
[   29.383629]  [<ffffffff810b68cc>] __do_softirq+0xec/0x670
[   29.383666]  [<ffffffff810b70d5>] irq_exit+0x145/0x150
[   29.383703]  [<ffffffff8189f506>] smp_apic_timer_interrupt+0x46/0x60
[   29.383744]  [<ffffffff8189d523>] apic_timer_interrupt+0x73/0x80
[   29.383782]  <EOI>  [<ffffffff816f131f>] ? cpuidle_enter_state+0x5f/0x2f0
[   29.383832]  [<ffffffff816f131b>] ? cpuidle_enter_state+0x5b/0x2f0

Problem here is that br_forward_delay_timer_expired() is a timer
handler, calling br_ifinfo_notify() which assumes either rcu_read_lock()
or RTNL are held.

Simplest fix seems to add rcu read lock section.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Reported-by: Josh Boyer <jwboyer@fedoraproject.org>
Reported-by: Dominick Grift <dac.override@gmail.com>
Cc: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevich@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-22 16:23:56 -04:00
Arun Parameswaran
f96dee13b8 net: core: 'ethtool' issue with querying phy settings
When trying to configure the settings for PHY1, using commands
like 'ethtool -s eth0 phyad 1 speed 100', the 'ethtool' seems to
modify other settings apart from the speed of the PHY1, in the
above case.

The ethtool seems to query the settings for PHY0, and use this
as the base to apply the new settings to the PHY1. This is
causing the other settings of the PHY 1 to be wrongly
configured.

The issue is caused by the '_ethtool_get_settings()' API, which
gets called because of the 'ETHTOOL_GSET' command, is clearing
the 'cmd' pointer (of type 'struct ethtool_cmd') by calling
memset. This clears all the parameters (if any) passed for the
'ETHTOOL_GSET' cmd. So the driver's callback is always invoked
with 'cmd->phy_address' as '0'.

The '_ethtool_get_settings()' is called from other files in the
'net/core'. So the fix is applied to the 'ethtool_get_settings()'
which is only called in the context of the 'ethtool'.

Signed-off-by: Arun Parameswaran <aparames@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Ray Jui <rjui@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Scott Branden <sbranden@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-22 16:14:17 -04:00
Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo
47cc84ce0c bridge: fix parsing of MLDv2 reports
When more than a multicast address is present in a MLDv2 report, all but
the first address is ignored, because the code breaks out of the loop if
there has not been an error adding that address.

This has caused failures when two guests connected through the bridge
tried to communicate using IPv6. Neighbor discoveries would not be
transmitted to the other guest when both used a link-local address and a
static address.

This only happens when there is a MLDv2 querier in the network.

The fix will only break out of the loop when there is a failure adding a
multicast address.

The mdb before the patch:

dev ovirtmgmt port vnet0 grp ff02::1:ff7d:6603 temp
dev ovirtmgmt port vnet1 grp ff02::1:ff7d:6604 temp
dev ovirtmgmt port bond0.86 grp ff02::2 temp

After the patch:

dev ovirtmgmt port vnet0 grp ff02::1:ff7d:6603 temp
dev ovirtmgmt port vnet1 grp ff02::1:ff7d:6604 temp
dev ovirtmgmt port bond0.86 grp ff02::fb temp
dev ovirtmgmt port bond0.86 grp ff02::2 temp
dev ovirtmgmt port bond0.86 grp ff02::d temp
dev ovirtmgmt port vnet0 grp ff02::1:ff00:76 temp
dev ovirtmgmt port bond0.86 grp ff02::16 temp
dev ovirtmgmt port vnet1 grp ff02::1:ff00:77 temp
dev ovirtmgmt port bond0.86 grp ff02::1:ff00:def temp
dev ovirtmgmt port bond0.86 grp ff02::1:ffa1:40bf temp

Fixes: 08b202b672 ("bridge br_multicast: IPv6 MLD support.")
Reported-by: Rik Theys <Rik.Theys@esat.kuleuven.be>
Signed-off-by: Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo <cascardo@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Rik Theys <Rik.Theys@esat.kuleuven.be>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-22 15:08:20 -04:00
Michal Kubeček
d4e64c2909 ipv4: fill in table id when replacing a route
When replacing an IPv4 route, tb_id member of the new fib_alias
structure is not set in the replace code path so that the new route is
ignored.

Fixes: 0ddcf43d5d ("ipv4: FIB Local/MAIN table collapse")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-22 14:33:17 -04:00
David S. Miller
572152adfb Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/pablo/nf
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:

====================
Netfilter fixes for net

The following patchset contain Netfilter fixes for your net tree, they are:

1) Fix a race in nfnetlink_log and nfnetlink_queue that can lead to a crash.
   This problem is due to wrong order in the per-net registration and netlink
   socket events. Patch from Francesco Ruggeri.

2) Make sure that counters that userspace pass us are higher than 0 in all the
   x_tables frontends. Discovered via Trinity, patch from Dave Jones.

3) Revert a patch for br_netfilter to rely on the conntrack status bits. This
   breaks stateless IPv6 NAT transformations. Patch from Florian Westphal.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-22 14:25:45 -04:00
Eric W. Biederman
381c759d99 ipv4: Avoid crashing in ip_error
ip_error does not check if in_dev is NULL before dereferencing it.

IThe following sequence of calls is possible:
CPU A                          CPU B
ip_rcv_finish
    ip_route_input_noref()
        ip_route_input_slow()
                               inetdev_destroy()
    dst_input()

With the result that a network device can be destroyed while processing
an input packet.

A crash was triggered with only unicast packets in flight, and
forwarding enabled on the only network device.   The error condition
was created by the removal of the network device.

As such it is likely the that error code was -EHOSTUNREACH, and the
action taken by ip_error (if in_dev had been accessible) would have
been to not increment any counters and to have tried and likely failed
to send an icmp error as the network device is going away.

Therefore handle this weird case by just dropping the packet if
!in_dev.  It will result in dropping the packet sooner, and will not
result in an actual change of behavior.

Fixes: 251da41301 ("ipv4: Cache ip_error() routes even when not forwarding.")
Reported-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <linuxbugs@vittgam.net>
Tested-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <linuxbugs@vittgam.net>
Signed-off-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <linuxbugs@vittgam.net>
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-22 14:23:40 -04:00
Jiri Pirko
12c227ec89 flow_dissector: do not break if ports are not needed in flowlabel
This restored previous behaviour. If caller does not want ports to be
filled, we should not break.

Fixes: 06635a35d1 ("flow_dissect: use programable dissector in skb_flow_dissect and friends")
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-22 13:59:02 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
d654976cbf tcp: fix a potential deadlock in tcp_get_info()
Taking socket spinlock in tcp_get_info() can deadlock, as
inet_diag_dump_icsk() holds the &hashinfo->ehash_locks[i],
while packet processing can use the reverse locking order.

We could avoid this locking for TCP_LISTEN states, but lockdep would
certainly get confused as all TCP sockets share same lockdep classes.

[  523.722504] ======================================================
[  523.728706] [ INFO: possible circular locking dependency detected ]
[  523.734990] 4.1.0-dbg-DEV #1676 Not tainted
[  523.739202] -------------------------------------------------------
[  523.745474] ss/18032 is trying to acquire lock:
[  523.750002]  (slock-AF_INET){+.-...}, at: [<ffffffff81669d44>] tcp_get_info+0x2c4/0x360
[  523.758129]
[  523.758129] but task is already holding lock:
[  523.763968]  (&(&hashinfo->ehash_locks[i])->rlock){+.-...}, at: [<ffffffff816bcb75>] inet_diag_dump_icsk+0x1d5/0x6c0
[  523.774661]
[  523.774661] which lock already depends on the new lock.
[  523.774661]
[  523.782850]
[  523.782850] the existing dependency chain (in reverse order) is:
[  523.790326]
-> #1 (&(&hashinfo->ehash_locks[i])->rlock){+.-...}:
[  523.796599]        [<ffffffff811126bb>] lock_acquire+0xbb/0x270
[  523.802565]        [<ffffffff816f5868>] _raw_spin_lock+0x38/0x50
[  523.808628]        [<ffffffff81665af8>] __inet_hash_nolisten+0x78/0x110
[  523.815273]        [<ffffffff816819db>] tcp_v4_syn_recv_sock+0x24b/0x350
[  523.822067]        [<ffffffff81684d41>] tcp_check_req+0x3c1/0x500
[  523.828199]        [<ffffffff81682d09>] tcp_v4_do_rcv+0x239/0x3d0
[  523.834331]        [<ffffffff816842fe>] tcp_v4_rcv+0xa8e/0xc10
[  523.840202]        [<ffffffff81658fa3>] ip_local_deliver_finish+0x133/0x3e0
[  523.847214]        [<ffffffff81659a9a>] ip_local_deliver+0xaa/0xc0
[  523.853440]        [<ffffffff816593b8>] ip_rcv_finish+0x168/0x5c0
[  523.859624]        [<ffffffff81659db7>] ip_rcv+0x307/0x420

Lets use u64_sync infrastructure instead. As a bonus, 64bit
arches get optimized, as these are nop for them.

Fixes: 0df48c26d8 ("tcp: add tcpi_bytes_acked to tcp_info")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-22 13:46:06 -04:00
Marcelo Ricardo Leitner
2efd055c53 tcp: add tcpi_segs_in and tcpi_segs_out to tcp_info
This patch tracks the total number of inbound and outbound segments on a
TCP socket. One may use this number to have an idea on connection
quality when compared against the retransmissions.

RFC4898 named these : tcpEStatsPerfSegsIn and tcpEStatsPerfSegsOut

These are a 32bit field each and can be fetched both from TCP_INFO
getsockopt() if one has a handle on a TCP socket, or from inet_diag
netlink facility (iproute2/ss patch will follow)

Note that tp->segs_out was placed near tp->snd_nxt for good data
locality and minimal performance impact, while tp->segs_in was placed
near tp->bytes_received for the same reason.

Join work with Eric Dumazet.

Note that received SYN are accounted on the listener, but sent SYNACK
are not accounted.

Signed-off-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <mleitner@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-21 23:25:21 -04:00
Florian Westphal
48ed7b26fa ipv6: reject locally assigned nexthop addresses
ip -6 addr add dead::1/128 dev eth0
sleep 5
ip -6 route add default via dead::1/128
-> fails
ip -6 addr add dead::1/128 dev eth0
ip -6 route add default via dead::1/128
-> succeeds

reason is that if (nonsensensical) route above is added,
dead::1 is still subject to DAD, so the route lookup will
pick eth0 as outdev due to the prefix route that is added before
DAD work is started.

Add explicit test that checks if nexthop gateway is a local address.

Link: https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1167969
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-21 23:23:38 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
946f9eb226 tcp: improve REUSEADDR/NOREUSEADDR cohabitation
inet_csk_get_port() randomization effort tends to spread
sockets on all the available range (ip_local_port_range)

This is unfortunate because SO_REUSEADDR sockets have
less requirements than non SO_REUSEADDR ones.

If an application uses SO_REUSEADDR hint, it is to try to
allow source ports being shared.

So instead of picking a random port number in ip_local_port_range,
lets try first in first half of the range.

This gives more chances to use upper half of the range for the
sockets with strong requirements (not using SO_REUSEADDR)

Note this patch does not add a new sysctl, and only changes
the way we try to pick port number.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <mleitner@redhat.com>
Cc: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-21 18:55:32 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
f5af1f57a2 inet_hashinfo: remove bsocket counter
We no longer need bsocket atomic counter, as inet_csk_get_port()
calls bind_conflict() regardless of its value, after commit
2b05ad33e1 ("tcp: bind() fix autoselection to share ports")

This patch removes overhead of maintaining this counter and
double inet_csk_get_port() calls under pressure.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <mleitner@redhat.com>
Cc: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-21 18:55:32 -04:00
Jason Baron
ce5ec44099 tcp: ensure epoll edge trigger wakeup when write queue is empty
We currently rely on the setting of SOCK_NOSPACE in the write()
path to ensure that we wake up any epoll edge trigger waiters when
acks return to free space in the write queue. However, if we fail
to allocate even a single skb in the write queue, we could end up
waiting indefinitely.

Fix this by explicitly issuing a wakeup when we detect the condition
of an empty write queue and a return value of -EAGAIN. This allows
userspace to re-try as we expect this to be a temporary failure.

I've tested this approach by artificially making
sk_stream_alloc_skb() return NULL periodically. In that case,
epoll edge trigger waiters will hang indefinitely in epoll_wait()
without this patch.

Signed-off-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@akamai.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-21 18:52:47 -04:00
Daniel Borkmann
c78e1746d3 net: sched: fix call_rcu() race on classifier module unloads
Vijay reported that a loop as simple as ...

  while true; do
    tc qdisc add dev foo root handle 1: prio
    tc filter add dev foo parent 1: u32 match u32 0 0  flowid 1
    tc qdisc del dev foo root
    rmmod cls_u32
  done

... will panic the kernel. Moreover, he bisected the change
apparently introducing it to 78fd1d0ab0 ("netlink: Re-add
locking to netlink_lookup() and seq walker").

The removal of synchronize_net() from the netlink socket
triggering the qdisc to be removed, seems to have uncovered
an RCU resp. module reference count race from the tc API.
Given that RCU conversion was done after e341694e3e ("netlink:
Convert netlink_lookup() to use RCU protected hash table")
which added the synchronize_net() originally, occasion of
hitting the bug was less likely (not impossible though):

When qdiscs that i) support attaching classifiers and,
ii) have at least one of them attached, get deleted, they
invoke tcf_destroy_chain(), and thus call into ->destroy()
handler from a classifier module.

After RCU conversion, all classifier that have an internal
prio list, unlink them and initiate freeing via call_rcu()
deferral.

Meanhile, tcf_destroy() releases already reference to the
tp->ops->owner module before the queued RCU callback handler
has been invoked.

Subsequent rmmod on the classifier module is then not prevented
since all module references are already dropped.

By the time, the kernel invokes the RCU callback handler from
the module, that function address is then invalid.

One way to fix it would be to add an rcu_barrier() to
unregister_tcf_proto_ops() to wait for all pending call_rcu()s
to complete.

synchronize_rcu() is not appropriate as under heavy RCU
callback load, registered call_rcu()s could be deferred
longer than a grace period. In case we don't have any pending
call_rcu()s, the barrier is allowed to return immediately.

Since we came here via unregister_tcf_proto_ops(), there
are no users of a given classifier anymore. Further nested
call_rcu()s pointing into the module space are not being
done anywhere.

Only cls_bpf_delete_prog() may schedule a work item, to
unlock pages eventually, but that is not in the range/context
of cls_bpf anymore.

Fixes: 25d8c0d55f ("net: rcu-ify tcf_proto")
Fixes: 9888faefe1 ("net: sched: cls_basic use RCU")
Reported-by: Vijay Subramanian <subramanian.vijay@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Tested-by: Vijay Subramanian <subramanian.vijay@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-21 18:48:18 -04:00
Alexei Starovoitov
04fd61ab36 bpf: allow bpf programs to tail-call other bpf programs
introduce bpf_tail_call(ctx, &jmp_table, index) helper function
which can be used from BPF programs like:
int bpf_prog(struct pt_regs *ctx)
{
  ...
  bpf_tail_call(ctx, &jmp_table, index);
  ...
}
that is roughly equivalent to:
int bpf_prog(struct pt_regs *ctx)
{
  ...
  if (jmp_table[index])
    return (*jmp_table[index])(ctx);
  ...
}
The important detail that it's not a normal call, but a tail call.
The kernel stack is precious, so this helper reuses the current
stack frame and jumps into another BPF program without adding
extra call frame.
It's trivially done in interpreter and a bit trickier in JITs.
In case of x64 JIT the bigger part of generated assembler prologue
is common for all programs, so it is simply skipped while jumping.
Other JITs can do similar prologue-skipping optimization or
do stack unwind before jumping into the next program.

bpf_tail_call() arguments:
ctx - context pointer
jmp_table - one of BPF_MAP_TYPE_PROG_ARRAY maps used as the jump table
index - index in the jump table

Since all BPF programs are idenitified by file descriptor, user space
need to populate the jmp_table with FDs of other BPF programs.
If jmp_table[index] is empty the bpf_tail_call() doesn't jump anywhere
and program execution continues as normal.

New BPF_MAP_TYPE_PROG_ARRAY map type is introduced so that user space can
populate this jmp_table array with FDs of other bpf programs.
Programs can share the same jmp_table array or use multiple jmp_tables.

The chain of tail calls can form unpredictable dynamic loops therefore
tail_call_cnt is used to limit the number of calls and currently is set to 32.

Use cases:
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>

==========
- simplify complex programs by splitting them into a sequence of small programs

- dispatch routine
  For tracing and future seccomp the program may be triggered on all system
  calls, but processing of syscall arguments will be different. It's more
  efficient to implement them as:
  int syscall_entry(struct seccomp_data *ctx)
  {
     bpf_tail_call(ctx, &syscall_jmp_table, ctx->nr /* syscall number */);
     ... default: process unknown syscall ...
  }
  int sys_write_event(struct seccomp_data *ctx) {...}
  int sys_read_event(struct seccomp_data *ctx) {...}
  syscall_jmp_table[__NR_write] = sys_write_event;
  syscall_jmp_table[__NR_read] = sys_read_event;

  For networking the program may call into different parsers depending on
  packet format, like:
  int packet_parser(struct __sk_buff *skb)
  {
     ... parse L2, L3 here ...
     __u8 ipproto = load_byte(skb, ... offsetof(struct iphdr, protocol));
     bpf_tail_call(skb, &ipproto_jmp_table, ipproto);
     ... default: process unknown protocol ...
  }
  int parse_tcp(struct __sk_buff *skb) {...}
  int parse_udp(struct __sk_buff *skb) {...}
  ipproto_jmp_table[IPPROTO_TCP] = parse_tcp;
  ipproto_jmp_table[IPPROTO_UDP] = parse_udp;

- for TC use case, bpf_tail_call() allows to implement reclassify-like logic

- bpf_map_update_elem/delete calls into BPF_MAP_TYPE_PROG_ARRAY jump table
  are atomic, so user space can build chains of BPF programs on the fly

Implementation details:
=======================
- high performance of bpf_tail_call() is the goal.
  It could have been implemented without JIT changes as a wrapper on top of
  BPF_PROG_RUN() macro, but with two downsides:
  . all programs would have to pay performance penalty for this feature and
    tail call itself would be slower, since mandatory stack unwind, return,
    stack allocate would be done for every tailcall.
  . tailcall would be limited to programs running preempt_disabled, since
    generic 'void *ctx' doesn't have room for 'tail_call_cnt' and it would
    need to be either global per_cpu variable accessed by helper and by wrapper
    or global variable protected by locks.

  In this implementation x64 JIT bypasses stack unwind and jumps into the
  callee program after prologue.

- bpf_prog_array_compatible() ensures that prog_type of callee and caller
  are the same and JITed/non-JITed flag is the same, since calling JITed
  program from non-JITed is invalid, since stack frames are different.
  Similarly calling kprobe type program from socket type program is invalid.

- jump table is implemented as BPF_MAP_TYPE_PROG_ARRAY to reuse 'map'
  abstraction, its user space API and all of verifier logic.
  It's in the existing arraymap.c file, since several functions are
  shared with regular array map.

Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-21 17:07:59 -04:00
Daniel Borkmann
e7582bab5d net: dev: reduce both ingress hook ifdefs
Reduce ifdef pollution slightly, no functional change. We can simply
remove the extra alternative definition of handle_ing() and nf_ingress().

Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-21 16:58:53 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
eb9344781a tcp: add a force_schedule argument to sk_stream_alloc_skb()
In commit 8e4d980ac2 ("tcp: fix behavior for epoll edge trigger")
we fixed a possible hang of TCP sockets under memory pressure,
by allowing sk_stream_alloc_skb() to use sk_forced_mem_schedule()
if no packet is in socket write queue.

It turns out there are other cases where we want to force memory
schedule :

tcp_fragment() & tso_fragment() need to split a big TSO packet into
two smaller ones. If we block here because of TCP memory pressure,
we can effectively block TCP socket from sending new data.
If no further ACK is coming, this hang would be definitive, and socket
has no chance to effectively reduce its memory usage.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-21 16:56:40 -04:00
Erik Kline
765c9c639f neigh: Better handling of transition to NUD_PROBE state
[1] When entering NUD_PROBE state via neigh_update(), perhaps received
    from userspace, correctly (re)initialize the probes count to zero.

    This is useful for forcing revalidation of a neighbor (for example
    if the host is attempting to do DNA [IPv4 4436, IPv6 6059]).

[2] Notify listeners when a neighbor goes into NUD_PROBE state.

    By sending notifications on entry to NUD_PROBE state listeners get
    more timely warnings of imminent connectivity issues.

    The current notifications on entry to NUD_STALE have somewhat
    limited usefulness: NUD_STALE is a perfectly normal state, as is
    NUD_DELAY, whereas notifications on entry to NUD_FAILURE come after
    a neighbor reachability problem has been confirmed (typically after
    three probes).

Signed-off-by: Erik Kline <ek@google.com>
Acked-By: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-21 16:52:17 -04:00
Herbert Xu
407d34ef29 xfrm: Always zero high-order sequence number bits
As we're now always including the high bits of the sequence number
in the IV generation process we need to ensure that they don't
contain crap.

This patch ensures that the high sequence bits are always zeroed
so that we don't leak random data into the IV.

Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
2015-05-21 06:56:23 +02:00
Doug Ledford
175e8efe69 Merge branches 'bart-srp', 'generic-errors', 'ira-cleanups' and 'mwang-v8' into k.o/for-4.2 2015-05-20 16:12:40 -04:00
Ira Weiny
5d9fb04406 IB/core: Change rdma_protocol_iboe to roce
After discussion upstream, it was agreed to transition the usage of iboe
in the kernel to roce.  This keeps our terminology consistent with what
was finalized in the IBTA Annex 16 and IBTA Annex 17 publications.

Signed-off-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
2015-05-20 15:58:19 -04:00
Ilya Dryomov
521a04d06a Revert "libceph: clear r_req_lru_item in __unregister_linger_request()"
This reverts commit ba9d114ec5.

.. which introduced a regression that prevented all lingering requests
requeued in kick_requests() from ever being sent to the OSDs, resulting
in a lot of missed notifies.  In retrospect it's pretty obvious that
r_req_lru_item item in the case of lingering requests can be used not
only for notarget, but also for unsent linkage due to how tightly
actual map and enqueue operations are coupled in __map_request().

The assertion that was being silenced is taken care of in the previous
("libceph: request a new osdmap if lingering request maps to no osd")
commit: by always kicking homeless lingering requests we ensure that
none of them ends up on the notarget list outside of the critical
section guarded by request_mutex.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.18+, needs b049453221 "libceph: request a new osdmap if lingering request maps to no osd"
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Sage Weil <sage@redhat.com>
2015-05-20 21:02:46 +03:00
Ilya Dryomov
b049453221 libceph: request a new osdmap if lingering request maps to no osd
This commit does two things.  First, if there are any homeless
lingering requests, we now request a new osdmap even if the osdmap that
is being processed brought no changes, i.e. if a given lingering
request turned homeless in one of the previous epochs and remained
homeless in the current epoch.  Not doing so leaves us with a stale
osdmap and as a result we may miss our window for reestablishing the
watch and lose notifies.

MON=1 OSD=1:

    # cat linger-needmap.sh
    #!/bin/bash
    rbd create --size 1 test
    DEV=$(rbd map test)
    ceph osd out 0
    rbd map dne/dne # obtain a new osdmap as a side effect (!)
    sleep 1
    ceph osd in 0
    rbd resize --size 2 test
    # rbd info test | grep size -> 2M
    # blockdev --getsize $DEV -> 1M

N.B.: Not obtaining a new osdmap in between "osd out" and "osd in"
above is enough to make it miss that resize notify, but that is a
bug^Wlimitation of ceph watch/notify v1.

Second, homeless lingering requests are now kicked just like those
lingering requests whose mapping has changed.  This is mainly to
recognize that a homeless lingering request makes no sense and to
preserve the invariant that a registered lingering request is not
sitting on any of r_req_lru_item lists.  This spares us a WARN_ON,
which commit ba9d114ec5 ("libceph: clear r_req_lru_item in
__unregister_linger_request()") tried to fix the _wrong_ way.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.10+
Signed-off-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Sage Weil <sage@redhat.com>
2015-05-20 21:02:14 +03:00
Michal Kubeček
2759647247 ipv6: fix ECMP route replacement
When replacing an IPv6 multipath route with "ip route replace", i.e.
NLM_F_CREATE | NLM_F_REPLACE, fib6_add_rt2node() replaces only first
matching route without fixing its siblings, resulting in corrupted
siblings linked list; removing one of the siblings can then end in an
infinite loop.

IPv6 ECMP implementation is a bit different from IPv4 so that route
replacement cannot work in exactly the same way. This should be a
reasonable approximation:

1. If the new route is ECMP-able and there is a matching ECMP-able one
already, replace it and all its siblings (if any).

2. If the new route is ECMP-able and no matching ECMP-able route exists,
replace first matching non-ECMP-able (if any) or just add the new one.

3. If the new route is not ECMP-able, replace first matching
non-ECMP-able route (if any) or add the new route.

We also need to remove the NLM_F_REPLACE flag after replacing old
route(s) by first nexthop of an ECMP route so that each subsequent
nexthop does not replace previous one.

Fixes: 51ebd31815 ("ipv6: add support of equal cost multipath (ECMP)")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Acked-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-20 12:02:26 -04:00
Michal Kubeček
35f1b4e96b ipv6: do not delete previously existing ECMP routes if add fails
If adding a nexthop of an IPv6 multipath route fails, comment in
ip6_route_multipath() says we are going to delete all nexthops already
added. However, current implementation deletes even the routes it
hasn't even tried to add yet. For example, running

  ip route add 1234:5678::/64 \
      nexthop via fe80::aa dev dummy1 \
      nexthop via fe80::bb dev dummy1 \
      nexthop via fe80::cc dev dummy1

twice results in removing all routes first command added.

Limit the second (delete) run to nexthops that succeeded in the first
(add) run.

Fixes: 51ebd31815 ("ipv6: add support of equal cost multipath (ECMP)")
Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Acked-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-20 12:02:25 -04:00
Arik Nemtsov
c5a71688e1 mac80211: disconnect TDLS stations on STA CSA
When a station does a channel switch, it's not well defined what its TDLS
peers would do. Avoid a situation when the local side marks a potentially
disconnected peer as a TDLS peer.
Keeping peers connected through CSA is doubly problematic with the upcoming
TDLS WIDER-BW feature which allows peers to widen the BSS channel. The
new channel transitioned-to might not be compatible and would require
a re-negotiation anyway.

Make sure to disallow new TDLS link during CSA.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-05-20 15:14:54 +02:00
Michal Kazior
f9dca80b98 mac80211: fix AP_VLAN crypto tailroom calculation
Some splats I was seeing:

 (a) WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 0 at /devel/src/linux/net/mac80211/wep.c:102 ieee80211_wep_add_iv
 (b) WARNING: CPU: 1 PID: 0 at /devel/src/linux/net/mac80211/wpa.c:73 ieee80211_tx_h_michael_mic_add
 (c) WARNING: CPU: 3 PID: 0 at /devel/src/linux/net/mac80211/wpa.c:433 ieee80211_crypto_ccmp_encrypt

I've seen (a) and (b) with ath9k hw crypto and (c)
with ath9k sw crypto. All of them were related to
insufficient skb tailroom and I was able to
trigger these with ping6 program.

AP_VLANs may inherit crypto keys from parent AP.
This wasn't considered and yielded problems in
some setups resulting in inability to transmit
data because mac80211 wouldn't resize skbs when
necessary and subsequently drop some packets due
to insufficient tailroom.

For efficiency purposes don't inspect both AP_VLAN
and AP sdata looking for tailroom counter. Instead
update AP_VLAN tailroom counters whenever their
master AP tailroom counter changes.

Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-05-20 15:10:11 +02:00
Johannes Berg
252ec2b3aa mac80211: don't split remain-on-channel for coalescing
Due to remain-on-channel scheduling delays, when we split an ROC
while coalescing, we'll usually get a picture like this:

existing ROC:  |------------------|
current time:              ^
new ROC:                   |------|              |-------|

If the expected response frames are then transmitted by the peer
in the hole between the two fragments of the new ROC, we miss
them and the process (e.g. ANQP query) fails.

mac80211 expects that the window to miss something is small:

existing ROC:  |------------------|
new ROC:                   |------||-------|

but that's normally not the case.

To avoid this problem, coalesce only if the new ROC's duration
is <= the remaining time on the existing one:

existing ROC:  |------------------|
new ROC:                   |-----|

and never split a new one but schedule it afterwards instead:

existing ROC:  |------------------|
new ROC:                                       |-------------|

type=bugfix
bug=not-tracked
fixes=unknown

Reported-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: EliadX Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
Tested-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-05-20 15:09:22 +02:00
Michal Kazior
464daaf04c mac80211: check fast-xmit on station change
Drivers with fast-xmit (e.g. ath10k) running in
AP_VLAN setups would fail to communicate with
connected 4addr stations.

The reason was when new station associates it
first goes into master AP interface. It is not
until later that a dedicated AP_VLAN is created
for it and the station itself is moved there.
After that Tx directed at the station should use
4addr header. However fast-xmit wasn't
recalculated and 3addr header remained to be used.
This in turn caused the connected 4addr stations
to drop packets coming from the AP until some
other event would cause fast-xmit to recalculate
for that station (which could never come).

Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-05-20 15:08:36 +02:00
Lars-Peter Clausen
262918d847 cfg80211: Switch to PM ops
Use dev_pm_ops instead of the legacy suspend/resume callbacks for the wiphy
class suspend and resume operations.

Signed-off-by: Lars-Peter Clausen <lars@metafoo.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-05-20 15:00:12 +02:00
Lars-Peter Clausen
28f297a7af net: rfkill: Switch to PM ops
Use dev_pm_ops instead of the legacy suspend/resume callbacks for the
rfkill class suspend and resume operations.

Signed-off-by: Lars-Peter Clausen <lars@metafoo.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-05-20 15:00:00 +02:00
Florian Westphal
faecbb45eb Revert "netfilter: bridge: query conntrack about skb dnat"
This reverts commit c055d5b03b.

There are two issues:
'dnat_took_place' made me think that this is related to
-j DNAT/MASQUERADE.

But thats only one part of the story.  This is also relevant for SNAT
when we undo snat translation in reverse/reply direction.

Furthermore, I originally wanted to do this mainly to avoid
storing ipv6 addresses once we make DNAT/REDIRECT work
for ipv6 on bridges.

However, I forgot about SNPT/DNPT which is stateless.

So we can't escape storing address for ipv6 anyway. Might as
well do it for ipv4 too.

Reported-and-tested-by: Bernhard Thaler <bernhard.thaler@wvnet.at>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2015-05-20 13:51:25 +02:00
Dave Jones
1086bbe97a netfilter: ensure number of counters is >0 in do_replace()
After improving setsockopt() coverage in trinity, I started triggering
vmalloc failures pretty reliably from this code path:

warn_alloc_failed+0xe9/0x140
__vmalloc_node_range+0x1be/0x270
vzalloc+0x4b/0x50
__do_replace+0x52/0x260 [ip_tables]
do_ipt_set_ctl+0x15d/0x1d0 [ip_tables]
nf_setsockopt+0x65/0x90
ip_setsockopt+0x61/0xa0
raw_setsockopt+0x16/0x60
sock_common_setsockopt+0x14/0x20
SyS_setsockopt+0x71/0xd0

It turns out we don't validate that the num_counters field in the
struct we pass in from userspace is initialized.

The same problem also exists in ebtables, arptables, ipv6, and the
compat variants.

Signed-off-by: Dave Jones <davej@codemonkey.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2015-05-20 13:46:49 +02:00
Francesco Ruggeri
3bfe049807 netfilter: nfnetlink_{log,queue}: Register pernet in first place
nfnetlink_{log,queue}_init() register the netlink callback nf*_rcv_nl_event
before registering the pernet_subsys, but the callback relies on data
structures allocated by pernet init functions.

When nfnetlink_{log,queue} is loaded, if a netlink message is received after
the netlink callback is registered but before the pernet_subsys is registered,
the kernel will panic in the sequence

nfulnl_rcv_nl_event
  nfnl_log_pernet
    net_generic
      BUG_ON(id == 0)  where id is nfnl_log_net_id.

The panic can be easily reproduced in 4.0.3 by:

while true ;do modprobe nfnetlink_log ; rmmod nfnetlink_log ; done &
while true ;do ip netns add dummy ; ip netns del dummy ; done &

This patch moves register_pernet_subsys to earlier in nfnetlink_log_init.

Notice that the BUG_ON hit in 4.0.3 was recently removed in 2591ffd308
["netns: remove BUG_ONs from net_generic()"].

Signed-off-by: Francesco Ruggeri <fruggeri@arista.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2015-05-20 13:46:48 +02:00
Johannes Berg
94c78cb452 mac80211: fix memory leak
My recent change here introduced a possible memory leak if the
driver registers an invalid cipher schemes. This won't really
happen in practice, but fix the leak nonetheless.

Fixes: e3a55b5399 ("mac80211: validate cipher scheme PN length better")
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-05-20 11:37:38 +02:00
Daniel Borkmann
492135557d tcp: add rfc3168, section 6.1.1.1. fallback
This work as a follow-up of commit f7b3bec6f5 ("net: allow setting ecn
via routing table") and adds RFC3168 section 6.1.1.1. fallback for outgoing
ECN connections. In other words, this work adds a retry with a non-ECN
setup SYN packet, as suggested from the RFC on the first timeout:

  [...] A host that receives no reply to an ECN-setup SYN within the
  normal SYN retransmission timeout interval MAY resend the SYN and
  any subsequent SYN retransmissions with CWR and ECE cleared. [...]

Schematic client-side view when assuming the server is in tcp_ecn=2 mode,
that is, Linux default since 2009 via commit 255cac91c3 ("tcp: extend
ECN sysctl to allow server-side only ECN"):

 1) Normal ECN-capable path:

    SYN ECE CWR ----->
                <----- SYN ACK ECE
            ACK ----->

 2) Path with broken middlebox, when client has fallback:

    SYN ECE CWR ----X crappy middlebox drops packet
                      (timeout, rtx)
            SYN ----->
                <----- SYN ACK
            ACK ----->

In case we would not have the fallback implemented, the middlebox drop
point would basically end up as:

    SYN ECE CWR ----X crappy middlebox drops packet
                      (timeout, rtx)
    SYN ECE CWR ----X crappy middlebox drops packet
                      (timeout, rtx)
    SYN ECE CWR ----X crappy middlebox drops packet
                      (timeout, rtx)

In any case, it's rather a smaller percentage of sites where there would
occur such additional setup latency: it was found in end of 2014 that ~56%
of IPv4 and 65% of IPv6 servers of Alexa 1 million list would negotiate
ECN (aka tcp_ecn=2 default), 0.42% of these webservers will fail to connect
when trying to negotiate with ECN (tcp_ecn=1) due to timeouts, which the
fallback would mitigate with a slight latency trade-off. Recent related
paper on this topic:

  Brian Trammell, Mirja Kühlewind, Damiano Boppart, Iain Learmonth,
  Gorry Fairhurst, and Richard Scheffenegger:
    "Enabling Internet-Wide Deployment of Explicit Congestion Notification."
    Proc. PAM 2015, New York.
  http://ecn.ethz.ch/ecn-pam15.pdf

Thus, when net.ipv4.tcp_ecn=1 is being set, the patch will perform RFC3168,
section 6.1.1.1. fallback on timeout. For users explicitly not wanting this
which can be in DC use case, we add a net.ipv4.tcp_ecn_fallback knob that
allows for disabling the fallback.

tp->ecn_flags are not being cleared in tcp_ecn_clear_syn() on output, but
rather we let tcp_ecn_rcv_synack() take that over on input path in case a
SYN ACK ECE was delayed. Thus a spurious SYN retransmission will not prevent
ECN being negotiated eventually in that case.

Reference: https://www.ietf.org/proceedings/92/slides/slides-92-iccrg-1.pdf
Reference: https://www.ietf.org/proceedings/89/slides/slides-89-tsvarea-1.pdf
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Mirja Kühlewind <mirja.kuehlewind@tik.ee.ethz.ch>
Signed-off-by: Brian Trammell <trammell@tik.ee.ethz.ch>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Dave That <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-19 16:53:37 -04:00
David S. Miller
892bd6291a This has just a single fix, for a WEP tailroom check
problem that leads to dropped frames.
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQIcBAABCAAGBQJVWuR+AAoJEDBSmw7B7bqrgRYP/1A/g6osMT4DG/WecYleDlip
 1De0c1S4rgHVI+/ZvK4JcyYbjHYwKhbXHBtsNHV+J9GehqXyWn0BJPkSnxZ3HdZV
 M5CHSgtN2OBfHJ03OTpduvdNzKjpVOCf2PWKFnhJhDzYdfa9qh9kKDwRGeDcHvfc
 ++vVs+bMzjhnWj2y0TpEs1fQcd69MrR9Af2ptftOrusuVkDxShKrgY4xj1d+OVyC
 FggUn/oj6/CgGVn8KV1hld+Cb1Tk1/D9uksXYZepHNo4qb0M8T8BBWIQCpdbK4Ge
 qAG8w7/suLGqb8VU5k0jM4Uqbn5l9cm7PX1PQrxCdyFHMf3kojR8LgI33Xqm4d40
 9HxnXLlDoaawTOiAJIG1HMEzawriWfxSly3hS1Q/B/FGo68C2KIg9h5/w98GNfIB
 PNE41GopCwQlmhORGXxpzwf/jJ5mL9V6PjxUnKpsd/BlbUlKLmFnx7JABicLl/Ps
 292l2yZR9Jrzaf8njmGoIyYb+AREvJF4zQu9rduiro56+rCvGvFJZ8xfwGsRvNTH
 f/HILhW+GDPlJp4StCvKQxm0bWJ6feRiPCYr2JRViMQmp6hX6AMYfVcf7jcpIWio
 uTB9FAW6XGPrltm+1IeyWICbiF0VpuqpPl8V3UTiDgIBdk4wqD5kr3HSW6zb1w9L
 KJYFbpC9igqGk+fc3u4b
 =DNh/
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2015-05-19' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211

Johannes Berg says:

====================
This has just a single fix, for a WEP tailroom check
problem that leads to dropped frames.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-19 16:44:25 -04:00
David S. Miller
b7a3a8e31f This just has a few fixes:
* LED throughput trigger was crashing
  * fast-xmit wasn't treating QoS changes in IBSS correctly
  * TDLS could use the wrong channel definition
  * using a reserved channel context could use the wrong channel width
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQIcBAABCAAGBQJVWuPvAAoJEDBSmw7B7bqr/A4P/0TqzkCC5L2qJvi3a6QNFxvf
 s3riQMJ8WQeUxCRNgFNeeeNUAgSJn3hhiINGrjRmkwXXxYC4mbCwM0YXNT+WhSRL
 /Kx4mRJr7u5ZU0olW+KRvIV5CyTsbr9zVnaraCh5NV43nT87ZVZRBKC9vz2UkSM5
 AsN6fUvhWMGhhHoGGDqtjRBjve8Xs5iKiEcE1iQTzLOPnFP3dKtB1zKKiA0JCQs4
 OjxkQ7uaF0T1IfkMFr0gyzgQi4A8iPoMKV3qcRIH/QZN5dpJ6DR1dgaU50CrzQ+R
 JD9W09ifF9U8GnvQU/baJHKCxEvnQWO2XwlV4+mV6bXF1j5Ng4LRiXntIeu2d3T3
 5JuvPV9cNJb8dSTzsYw+TRJg73hStlJCAjVMJ7hiOMQc1YCCY9Exrff0pWzJPJfE
 NygIkMHXymcy66yL3b7DIIXro5jHNVGVoHq3vMB+W+/EcEDFN6L9LeCzUVo+oKjl
 Qg4kC7VHDjcdt0f7Vgv2Cal76ZVfCZaq74QZV1cySF2sCiD27LnAAfoHVeMY979K
 qBsCRqhkBlc7ntnstv6tGz9LfG8ro+Fv548HIUDG80capZl6N6FR6g+8hYIuvJwu
 2abJq36bp/NAGDt43UofmtDxyZNyvoKmzcQKSdn2QpryGKQ3uRcDHG/I+WD0yWX9
 4WFNEm86sXmfL/Eyu0lU
 =iUFe
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-05-19' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next

Johannes Berg says:

====================
This just has a few fixes:
 * LED throughput trigger was crashing
 * fast-xmit wasn't treating QoS changes in IBSS correctly
 * TDLS could use the wrong channel definition
 * using a reserved channel context could use the wrong channel width
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-19 16:43:17 -04:00
Yuchung Cheng
b7b0ed910c tcp: don't over-send F-RTO probes
After sending the new data packets to probe (step 2), F-RTO may
incorrectly send more probes if the next ACK advances SND_UNA and
does not sack new packet. However F-RTO RFC 5682 probes at most
once. This bug may cause sender to always send new data instead of
repairing holes, inducing longer HoL blocking on the receiver for
the application.

Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-19 16:36:57 -04:00
Yuchung Cheng
da34ac7626 tcp: only undo on partial ACKs in CA_Loss
Undo based on TCP timestamps should only happen on ACKs that advance
SND_UNA, according to the Eifel algorithm in RFC 3522:

Section 3.2:

  (4) If the value of the Timestamp Echo Reply field of the
      acceptable ACK's Timestamps option is smaller than the
      value of RetransmitTS, then proceed to step (5),

Section Terminology:
   We use the term 'acceptable ACK' as defined in [RFC793].  That is an
   ACK that acknowledges previously unacknowledged data.

This is because upon receiving an out-of-order packet, the receiver
returns the last timestamp that advances RCV_NXT, not the current
timestamp of the packet in the DUPACK. Without checking the flag,
the DUPACK will cause tcp_packet_delayed() to return true and
tcp_try_undo_loss() will revert cwnd reduction.

Note that we check the condition in CA_Recovery already by only
calling tcp_try_undo_partial() if FLAG_SND_UNA_ADVANCED is set or
tcp_try_undo_recovery() if snd_una crosses high_seq.

Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-19 16:36:57 -04:00
Henning Rogge
33b4b015e1 net/ipv6/udp: Fix ipv6 multicast socket filter regression
Commit <5cf3d46192fc> ("udp: Simplify__udp*_lib_mcast_deliver")
simplified the filter for incoming IPv6 multicast but removed
the check of the local socket address and the UDP destination
address.

This patch restores the filter to prevent sockets bound to a IPv6
multicast IP to receive other UDP traffic link unicast.

Signed-off-by: Henning Rogge <hrogge@gmail.com>
Fixes: 5cf3d46192 ("udp: Simplify__udp*_lib_mcast_deliver")
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-19 16:34:43 -04:00
Eric B Munson
aea0929e51 tcp: Return error instead of partial read for saved syn headers
Currently the getsockopt() requesting the cached contents of the syn
packet headers will fail silently if the caller uses a buffer that is
too small to contain the requested data.  Rather than fail silently and
discard the headers, getsockopt() should return an error and report the
required size to hold the data.

Signed-off-by: Eric B Munson <emunson@akamai.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Alexey Kuznetsov <kuznet@ms2.inr.ac.ru>
Cc: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Cc: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-19 16:33:34 -04:00
Johan Hedberg
011c391a09 Bluetooth: Add debug logs for legacy SMP crypto functions
To help debug legacy SMP crypto functions add debug logs of the
various values involved.

Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-05-19 21:07:29 +02:00
Arnd Bergmann
73e85ed36a mac802154: select CRYPTO when needed
The mac802154 subsystem uses functions from the crypto layer and correctly
selects the individual crypto algorithms, but fails to build when the
crypto layer is disabled altogether:

crypto/built-in.o: In function `crypto_ctr_free':
:(.text+0x80): undefined reference to `crypto_drop_spawn'
crypto/built-in.o: In function `crypto_rfc3686_free':
:(.text+0xac): undefined reference to `crypto_drop_spawn'
crypto/built-in.o: In function `crypto_ctr_crypt':
:(.text+0x2f0): undefined reference to `blkcipher_walk_virt_block'
:(.text+0x2f8): undefined reference to `crypto_inc'

To solve that, this patch also selects the core crypto code,
like all other users of that code do.

Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Schmidt <stefan@osg.samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-05-19 19:35:48 +02:00
Thomas Gleixner
c3b5d3cea5 Merge branch 'linus' into timers/core
Make sure the upstream fixes are applied before adding further
modifications.
2015-05-19 16:12:32 +02:00
Johannes Berg
22d3a3c829 mac80211: don't use napi_gro_receive() outside NAPI context
No matter how the driver manages its NAPI context, there's no way
sending frames to it from a timer can be correct, since it would
corrupt the internal GRO lists.

To avoid that, always use the non-NAPI path when releasing frames
from the timer.

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Jean Trivelly <jean.trivelly@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-05-19 15:46:21 +02:00
Alexander Aring
3862eba691 mac802154: tx: allow xmit complete from hard irq
Replace consume_skb with dev_consume_skb_any in ieee802154_xmit_complete
which can be called in hard irq and other contexts.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-05-19 11:44:45 +02:00
Alexander Aring
0e66545701 nl802154: add support for dump phy capabilities
This patch add support to nl802154 to dump all phy capabilities which is
inside the wpan_phy_supported struct. Also we introduce a new method to
dumping supported channels. The new method will offer a easier interface
and has lesser netlink traffic.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-05-19 11:44:44 +02:00
Alexander Aring
65318680c9 ieee802154: add iftypes capability
This patch adds capability flags for supported interface types.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-05-19 11:44:42 +02:00
Alexander Aring
edea8f7c75 cfg802154: introduce wpan phy flags
This patch introduce a flag property for the wpan phy structure.
The current flag settings in ieee802154_hw are accessable in mac802154
layer only which is okay for flags which indicates MAC handling which
are done by phy. For real PHY layer settings like cca mode, transmit
power, cca energy detection level.

The difference between these flags are that the MAC handling flags are
only handled in mac802154/HardMac layer e.g. on an interface up. The phy
settings are direct netlink calls from nl802154 into the driver layer
and the nl802154 need to have a chance to check if the driver supports
this handling before sending to the next layer.

We also check now on PHY flags while dumping and setting pib attributes.
In comparing with MIB attributes the 802.15.4 gives us an default value
which we assume when a transceiver implement less functionality. In case
of MIB settings the nl802154 layer doesn't need to check on the
ieee802154_hw flags then.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-05-19 11:44:42 +02:00
Alexander Aring
8329fcf11f mac802154: remove check if operation is supported
This patch removes the check if operation is supported by driver layer.
This is done now by capabilities flags, if these are valid then the
driver should support the operation, otherwise a WARN_ON occurs.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-05-19 11:44:42 +02:00
Alexander Aring
791021bf13 mac802154: check for really changes
This patch adds check if the value is really changed inside pib/mib.
If a transceiver do support only one value for e.g. max_be then this
will also handle that the driver layer doesn't need to care about
handling to set one value only.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-05-19 11:44:42 +02:00
Alexander Aring
fea3318d20 ieee802154: add several phy supported handling
This patch adds support for phy supported handling for all other already
existing handling 802.15.4 functionality. We assume now a fully 802.15.4
complaint transceiver at phy allocation. If a transceiver can support
802.15.4 default values only, then the values should be overwirtten by
values the transceiver supports. If the transceiver doesn't set the
according hardware flags, we assume the 802.15.4 defaults now which
cannot be changed.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Phoebe Buckheister <phoebe.buckheister@itwm.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-05-19 11:44:42 +02:00
Alexander Aring
72f655e44d ieee802154: introduce wpan_phy_supported
This patch introduce the wpan_phy_supported struct for wpan_phy. There
is currently no way to check if a transceiver can handle IEEE 802.15.4
complaint values. With this struct we can check before if the
transceiver supports these values before sending to driver layer.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Suggested-by: Phoebe Buckheister <phoebe.buckheister@itwm.fraunhofer.de>
Acked-by: Varka Bhadram <varkabhadram@gmail.com>
Cc: Alan Ott <alan@signal11.us>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-05-19 11:44:42 +02:00
Alexander Aring
32b23550ad ieee802154: change cca ed level to mbm
This patch change the handling of cca energy detection level from dbm to
mbm. This prepares to handle floating point cca energy detection levels
values. The old netlink 802.15.4 will convert the dbm value to mbm for
handling backward compatibility.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-05-19 11:44:42 +02:00
Alexander Aring
e2eb173aaa ieee802154: change transmit power to mbm
This patch change the handling of transmit power level from dbm to mbm.
This prepares to handle floating point transmit power levels values. The
old netlink 802.15.4 will convert the dbm value to mbm for handling
backward compatibility.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-05-19 11:44:41 +02:00
Alexander Aring
1a19cb680b ieee802154: change transmit power to s32
This patch change the transmit power from s8 to s32. This prepares to store a
mbm value instead dbm inside the transmit power variable. The old
interface keep the a s8 dbm value, which should be backward compatibility
when assign s8 to s32.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-05-19 11:44:41 +02:00
Alexander Aring
673692faf3 ieee802154: move validation check out of softmac
This patch moves the value validation out of softmac layer. We need
to be sure now that this value is accepted by the transceiver/mac802154 or
"possible" hardmac drivers before calling rdev-ops.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-05-19 11:44:41 +02:00
Alexander Aring
0cf0879acd nl802154: cleanup invalid argument handling
This patch cleanups the -EINVAL cases by combining them in one
condition.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-05-19 11:44:41 +02:00
Andy Zhou
49d16b23cd bridge_netfilter: No ICMP packet on IPv4 fragmentation error
When bridge netfilter re-fragments an IP packet for output, all
packets that can not be re-fragmented to their original input size
should be silently discarded.

However, current bridge netfilter output path generates an ICMP packet
with 'size exceeded MTU' message for such packets, this is a bug.

This patch refactors the ip_fragment() API to allow two separate
use cases. The bridge netfilter user case will not
send ICMP, the routing output will, as before.

Signed-off-by: Andy Zhou <azhou@nicira.com>
Acked-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-19 00:15:39 -04:00
Andy Zhou
8bc04864ac IPv4: skip ICMP for bridge contrack users when defrag expires
users in [IP_DEFRAG_CONNTRACK_BRIDGE_IN, __IP_DEFRAG_CONNTRACK_BR_IN]
should not ICMP message also.

Reported-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Andy Zhou <azhou@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-19 00:15:27 -04:00
Andy Zhou
5cf4228082 ipv4: introduce frag_expire_skip_icmp()
Improve readability of skip ICMP for de-fragmentation expiration logic.
This change will also make the logic easier to maintain when the
following patches in this series are applied.

Signed-off-by: Andy Zhou <azhou@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-19 00:15:26 -04:00
David S. Miller
456cdf53ef Merge branch 'for-upstream' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/bluetooth/bluetooth
Johan Hedberg says:

====================
pull request: bluetooth 2015-05-17

A couple more Bluetooth updates for 4.1:

- New USB IDs for ath3k & btusb
- Fix for remote name resolving during device discovery

Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-18 16:15:31 -04:00
David S. Miller
0bc4c07046 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/pablo/nf-next
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:

====================
Netfilter updates for net-next

The following patchset contains Netfilter updates for net-next. Briefly
speaking, cleanups and minor fixes for ipset from Jozsef Kadlecsik and
Serget Popovich, more incremental updates to make br_netfilter a better
place from Florian Westphal, ARP support to the x_tables mark match /
target from and context Zhang Chunyu and the addition of context to know
that the x_tables runs through nft_compat. More specifically, they are:

1) Fix sparse warning in ipset/ip_set_hash_ipmark.c when fetching the
   IPSET_ATTR_MARK netlink attribute, from Jozsef Kadlecsik.

2) Rename STREQ macro to STRNCMP in ipset, also from Jozsef.

3) Use skb->network_header to calculate the transport offset in
   ip_set_get_ip{4,6}_port(). From Alexander Drozdov.

4) Reduce memory consumption per element due to size miscalculation,
   this patch and follow up patches from Sergey Popovich.

5) Expand nomatch field from 1 bit to 8 bits to allow to simplify
   mtype_data_reset_flags(), also from Sergey.

6) Small clean for ipset macro trickery.

7) Fix error reporting when both ip_set_get_hostipaddr4() and
   ip_set_get_extensions() from per-set uadt functions.

8) Simplify IPSET_ATTR_PORT netlink attribute validation.

9) Introduce HOST_MASK instead of hardcoded 32 in ipset.

10) Return true/false instead of 0/1 in functions that return boolean
    in the ipset code.

11) Validate maximum length of the IPSET_ATTR_COMMENT netlink attribute.

12) Allow to dereference from ext_*() ipset macros.

13) Get rid of incorrect definitions of HKEY_DATALEN.

14) Include linux/netfilter/ipset/ip_set.h in the x_tables set match.

15) Reduce nf_bridge_info size in br_netfilter, from Florian Westphal.

16) Release nf_bridge_info after POSTROUTING since this is only needed
    from the physdev match, also from Florian.

17) Reduce size of ipset code by deinlining ip_set_put_extensions(),
    from Denys Vlasenko.

18) Oneliner to add ARP support to the x_tables mark match/target, from
    Zhang Chunyu.

19) Add context to know if the x_tables extension runs from nft_compat,
    to address minor problems with three existing extensions.

20) Correct return value in several seqfile *_show() functions in the
    netfilter tree, from Joe Perches.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-18 14:47:36 -04:00
Sagi Grimberg
3c88f3dcff RDS: Switch to generic logging helpers
Signed-off-by: Sagi Grimberg <sagig@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
2015-05-18 13:44:23 -04:00
Sagi Grimberg
76357c715f xprtrdma, svcrdma: Switch to generic logging helpers
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Sagi Grimberg <sagig@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: Anna Schumaker <anna.schumaker@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
2015-05-18 13:44:23 -04:00
Michael Wang
bc0f1d7153 IB/Verbs: Use management helper rdma_cap_read_multi_sge()
Introduce helper rdma_cap_read_multi_sge() to help us check if the port of an
IB device support RDMA Read Multiple Scatter-Gather Entries.

Signed-off-by: Michael Wang <yun.wang@profitbricks.com>
Reviewed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Sean Hefty <sean.hefty@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgunthorpe@obsidianresearch.com>
Tested-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
2015-05-18 13:35:05 -04:00
Michael Wang
3de2c31ce7 IB/Verbs: Reform IB-ulp xprtrdma
Use raw management helpers to reform IB-ulp xprtrdma.

Signed-off-by: Michael Wang <yun.wang@profitbricks.com>
Reviewed-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com>
Tested-by: Ira Weiny <ira.weiny@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Sean Hefty <sean.hefty@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Jason Gunthorpe <jgunthorpe@obsidianresearch.com>
Tested-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Doug Ledford <dledford@redhat.com>
2015-05-18 13:35:04 -04:00
Li RongQing
8faf491e64 xfrm: optimise to search the inexact policy list
The policies are organized into list by priority ascent of policy,
so it is unnecessary to continue to loop the policy if the priority
of current looped police is larger than or equal priority which is
from the policy_bydst list.

This allows to match policy with ~0U priority in inexact list too.

Signed-off-by: Li RongQing <roy.qing.li@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
2015-05-18 10:31:56 +02:00
Herbert Xu
b9fbe709de netlink: Use random autobind rover
Currently we use a global rover to select a port ID that is unique.
This used to work consistently when it was protected with a global
lock.  However as we're now lockless, the global rover can exhibit
pathological behaviour should multiple threads all stomp on it at
the same time.

Granted this will eventually resolve itself but the process is
suboptimal.

This patch replaces the global rover with a pseudorandom starting
point to avoid this issue.

Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-17 23:43:31 -04:00
Florent Fourcot
21858cd02d tcp/ipv6: fix flow label setting in TIME_WAIT state
commit 1d13a96c74 ("ipv6: tcp: fix flowlabel value in ACK messages
send from TIME_WAIT") added the flow label in the last TCP packets.
Unfortunately, it was not casted properly.

This patch replace the buggy shift with be32_to_cpu/cpu_to_be32.

Fixes: 1d13a96c74 ("ipv6: tcp: fix flowlabel value in ACK messages")
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Florent Fourcot <florent.fourcot@enst-bretagne.fr>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-17 23:41:59 -04:00
WANG Cong
de133464c9 netns: make nsid_lock per net
The spinlock is used to protect netns_ids which is per net,
so there is no need to use a global spinlock.

Cc: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-17 23:41:11 -04:00
Jiri Pirko
74b80e841b flow_dissector: remove bogus return in tipc section
Fixes: 06635a35d1 ("flow_dissect: use programable dissector in skb_flow_dissect and friends")
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-17 23:38:23 -04:00
Samudrala, Sridhar
45d4122ca7 switchdev: add support for fdb add/del/dump via switchdev_port_obj ops.
- introduce port fdb obj and generic switchdev_port_fdb_add/del/dump()
- use switchdev_port_fdb_add/del/dump in rocker/team/bonding ndo ops.
- add support for fdb obj in switchdev_port_obj_add/del/dump()
- switch rocker to implement fdb ops via switchdev_ops

v3: updated to sync with named union changes.

Signed-off-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-17 22:49:09 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
b66e91ccbc tcp: halves tcp_mem[] limits
Allowing tcp to use ~19% of physical memory is way too much,
and allowed bugs to be hidden. Add to this that some drivers use a full
page per incoming frame, so real cost can be twice the advertized one.

Reduce tcp_mem by 50 % as a first step to sanity.

tcp_mem[0,1,2] defaults are now 4.68%, 6.25%, 9.37% of physical memory.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-17 22:45:49 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
76dfa60820 tcp: allow one skb to be received per socket under memory pressure
While testing tight tcp_mem settings, I found tcp sessions could be
stuck because we do not allow even one skb to be received on them.

By allowing one skb to be received, we introduce fairness and
eventuallu force memory hogs to release their allocation.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-17 22:45:49 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
8e4d980ac2 tcp: fix behavior for epoll edge trigger
Under memory pressure, tcp_sendmsg() can fail to queue a packet
while no packet is present in write queue. If we return -EAGAIN
with no packet in write queue, no ACK packet will ever come
to raise EPOLLOUT.

We need to allow one skb per TCP socket, and make sure that
tcp sockets can release their forward allocations under pressure.

This is a followup to commit 790ba4566c ("tcp: set SOCK_NOSPACE
under memory pressure")

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-17 22:45:48 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
b8da51ebb1 tcp: introduce tcp_under_memory_pressure()
Introduce an optimized version of sk_under_memory_pressure()
for TCP. Our intent is to use it in fast paths.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-17 22:45:48 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
a6c5ea4ccf tcp: rename sk_forced_wmem_schedule() to sk_forced_mem_schedule()
We plan to use sk_forced_wmem_schedule() in input path as well,
so make it non static and rename it.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-17 22:45:48 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
1a24e04e4b net: fix sk_mem_reclaim_partial()
sk_mem_reclaim_partial() goal is to ensure each socket has
one SK_MEM_QUANTUM forward allocation. This is needed both for
performance and better handling of memory pressure situations in
follow up patches.

SK_MEM_QUANTUM is currently a page, but might be reduced to 4096 bytes
as some arches have 64KB pages.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-17 22:45:48 -04:00
Nicolas Dichtel
ed2a80ab7b rtnl/bond: don't send rtnl msg for unregistered iface
Before the patch, the command 'ip link add bond2 type bond mode 802.3ad'
causes the kernel to send a rtnl message for the bond2 interface, with an
ifindex 0.

'ip monitor' shows:
0: bond2: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,MASTER> mtu 1500 state DOWN group default
    link/ether 00:00:00:00:00:00 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
9: bond2@NONE: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,MASTER> mtu 1500 qdisc noop state DOWN group default
    link/ether ea:3e:1f:53:92:7b brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
[snip]

The patch fixes the spotted bug by checking in bond driver if the interface
is registered before calling the notifier chain.
It also adds a check in rtmsg_ifinfo() to prevent this kind of bug in the
future.

Fixes: d4261e5650 ("bonding: create netlink event when bonding option is changed")
CC: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Reported-by: Julien Meunier <julien.meunier@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-17 22:43:07 -04:00
Willem de Bruijn
4633c9e07b net-packet: fix null pointer exception in rollover mode
Rollover can be enabled as flag or mode. Allocate state in both cases.
This solves a NULL pointer exception in fanout_demux_rollover on
referencing po->rollover if using mode rollover.

Also make sure that in rollover mode each silo is tried (contrary
to rollover flag, where the main socket is excluded after an initial
try_self).

Tested:
  Passes tools/testing/net/psock_fanout.c, which tests both modes and
  flag. My previous tests were limited to bench_rollover, which only
  stresses the flag. The test now completes safely. it still gives an
  error for mode rollover, because it does not expect the new headroom
  (ROOM_NORMAL) requirement. I will send a separate patch to the test.

Fixes: 0648ab70af ("packet: rollover prepare: per-socket state")

Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>

----

I should have run this test and caught this before submission, of
course. Apologies for the oversight.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-17 22:41:38 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
ba6d05641c netfilter: synproxy: fix sparse errors
Fix verbose sparse errors :

make C=2 CF=-D__CHECK_ENDIAN__ net/ipv4/netfilter/ipt_SYNPROXY.o

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-17 13:08:29 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
252a8fbe81 ipip: fix one sparse error
make C=2 CF=-D__CHECK_ENDIAN__ net/ipv4/ipip.o
  CHECK   net/ipv4/ipip.c
net/ipv4/ipip.c:254:27: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
net/ipv4/ipip.c:254:27:    expected restricted __be32 [addressable] [usertype] o_key
net/ipv4/ipip.c:254:27:    got restricted __be16 [addressable] [usertype] i_flags

Fixes: 3b7b514f44 ("ipip: fix a regression in ioctl")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-17 13:08:29 -04:00
Joe Perches
861fb1078f netfilter: Use correct return for seq_show functions
Using seq_has_overflowed doesn't produce the right return value.
Either 0 or -1 is, but 0 is much more common and works well when
seq allocation retries.

I believe this doesn't matter as the initial allocation is always
sufficient, this is just a correctness patch.

Miscellanea:

o Don't use strlen, use *ptr to determine if a string
  should be emitted like all the other tests here
o Delete unnecessary return statements

Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2015-05-17 17:25:35 +02:00
Herbert Xu
c0bb07df7d netlink: Reset portid after netlink_insert failure
The commit c5adde9468 ("netlink:
eliminate nl_sk_hash_lock") breaks the autobind retry mechanism
because it doesn't reset portid after a failed netlink_insert.

This means that should autobind fail the first time around, then
the socket will be stuck in limbo as it can never be bound again
since it already has a non-zero portid.

Fixes: c5adde9468 ("netlink: eliminate nl_sk_hash_lock")
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-16 17:08:57 -04:00
David S. Miller
1d6057019e Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/pablo/nf
Pablo Neira Ayuso says:

====================
The following patchset contains Netfilter fixes for your net tree, they are:

1) Fix a leak in IPVS, the sysctl table is not released accordingly when
   destroying a netns, patch from Tommi Rantala.

2) Fix a build error when TPROXY and socket are built-in but IPv6 defrag is
   compiled as module, from Florian Westphal.

3) Fix TCP tracket wrt. RFC5961 challenge ACK when in LAST_ACK state, patch
   from Jesper Dangaard Brouer.

4) Fix a bogus WARN_ON() in nf_tables when deleting a set element that stores
   a map, from Mirek Kratochvil.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-16 16:40:22 -04:00
Mirek Kratochvil
960bd2c264 netfilter: nf_tables: fix bogus warning in nft_data_uninit()
The values 0x00000000-0xfffffeff are reserved for userspace datatype. When,
deleting set elements with maps, a bogus warning is triggered.

WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 11133 at net/netfilter/nf_tables_api.c:4481 nft_data_uninit+0x35/0x40 [nf_tables]()

This fixes the check accordingly to enum definition in
include/linux/netfilter/nf_tables.h

Fixes: https://bugzilla.netfilter.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1013
Signed-off-by: Mirek Kratochvil <exa.exa@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2015-05-15 22:07:30 +02:00
Jesper Dangaard Brouer
b3cad287d1 conntrack: RFC5961 challenge ACK confuse conntrack LAST-ACK transition
In compliance with RFC5961, the network stack send challenge ACK in
response to spurious SYN packets, since commit 0c228e833c ("tcp:
Restore RFC5961-compliant behavior for SYN packets").

This pose a problem for netfilter conntrack in state LAST_ACK, because
this challenge ACK is (falsely) seen as ACKing last FIN, causing a
false state transition (into TIME_WAIT).

The challenge ACK is hard to distinguish from real last ACK.  Thus,
solution introduce a flag that tracks the potential for seeing a
challenge ACK, in case a SYN packet is let through and current state
is LAST_ACK.

When conntrack transition LAST_ACK to TIME_WAIT happens, this flag is
used for determining if we are expecting a challenge ACK.

Scapy based reproducer script avail here:
 https://github.com/netoptimizer/network-testing/blob/master/scapy/tcp_hacks_3WHS_LAST_ACK.py

Fixes: 0c228e833c ("tcp: Restore RFC5961-compliant behavior for SYN packets")
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2015-05-15 20:50:56 +02:00
Florian Westphal
595ca5880b netfilter: avoid build error if TPROXY/SOCKET=y && NF_DEFRAG_IPV6=m
With TPROXY=y but DEFRAG_IPV6=m we get build failure:

net/built-in.o: In function `tproxy_tg_init':
net/netfilter/xt_TPROXY.c:588: undefined reference to `nf_defrag_ipv6_enable'

If DEFRAG_IPV6 is modular, TPROXY must be too.
(or both must be builtin).

This enforces =m for both.

Reported-and-tested-by: Liu Hua <liusdu@126.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2015-05-15 20:18:27 +02:00
Pablo Neira Ayuso
55917a21d0 netfilter: x_tables: add context to know if extension runs from nft_compat
Currently, we have four xtables extensions that cannot be used from the
xt over nft compat layer. The problem is that they need real access to
the full blown xt_entry to validate that the rule comes with the right
dependencies. This check was introduced to overcome the lack of
sufficient userspace dependency validation in iptables.

To resolve this problem, this patch introduces a new field to the
xt_tgchk_param structure that tell us if the extension is run from
nft_compat context.

The three affected extensions are:

1) CLUSTERIP, this target has been superseded by xt_cluster. So just
   bail out by returning -EINVAL.

2) TCPMSS. Relax the checking when used from nft_compat. If used with
   the wrong configuration, it will corrupt !syn packets by adding TCP
   MSS option.

3) ebt_stp. Relax the check to make sure it uses the reserved
   destination MAC address for STP.

Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Tested-by: Arturo Borrero Gonzalez <arturo.borrero.glez@gmail.com>
2015-05-15 20:14:07 +02:00
Frederic Danis
cffd2eedf9 Bluetooth: Fix calls to __hci_cmd_sync()
Remove test of command reply status as it is already performed by
__hci_cmd_sync().

__hci_cmd_sync_ev() function already returns an error if it got a
non-zero status either through a Command Complete or a Command
Status event.

For both of these events the status is collected up in the event
handlers called by hci_event_packet() and then passed as the second
parameter to req_complete_skb(). The req_complete_skb() callback in
turn is hci_req_sync_complete() for __hci_cmd_sync_ev() which stores
the status in hdev->req_result. The hdev->req_result is then further
converted through bt_to_errno() back in __hci_cmd_sync_ev().

Signed-off-by: Frederic Danis <frederic.danis@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-05-15 16:04:49 +02:00
Roopa Prabhu
eea39946a1 rename RTNH_F_EXTERNAL to RTNH_F_OFFLOAD
RTNH_F_EXTERNAL today is printed as "offload" in iproute2 output.

This patch renames the flag to be consistent with what the user sees.

Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-14 22:45:39 -04:00
Florian Westphal
3365495c18 net: core: set qdisc pkt len before tc_classify
commit d2788d3488 ("net: sched: further simplify handle_ing")
removed the call to qdisc_enqueue_root().

However, after this removal we no longer set qdisc pkt length.
This breaks traffic policing on ingress.

This is the minimum fix: set qdisc pkt length before tc_classify.

Only setting the length does remove support for 'stab' on ingress, but
as Alexei pointed out:
 "Though it was allowed to add qdisc_size_table to ingress, it's useless.
  Nothing takes advantage of recomputed qdisc_pkt_len".

Jamal suggested to use qdisc_pkt_len_init(), but as Eric mentioned that
would result in qdisc_pkt_len_init to no longer get inlined due to the
additional 2nd call site.

ingress policing is rare and GRO doesn't really work that well with police
on ingress, as we see packets > mtu and drop skbs that  -- without
aggregation -- would still have fitted the policier budget.
Thus to have reliable/smooth ingress policing GRO has to be turned off.

Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <alexei.starovoitov@gmail.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Fixes: d2788d3488 ("net: sched: further simplify handle_ing")
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-14 22:44:40 -04:00
Nicolas Dichtel
0c58a2db91 netns: fix unbalanced spin_lock on error
Unlock was missing on error path.

Fixes: 95f38411df ("netns: use a spin_lock to protect nsid management")
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-14 22:36:31 -04:00
Alexander Duyck
c24a59649f ip_tunnel: Report Rx dropped in ip_tunnel_get_stats64
The rx_dropped stat wasn't being reported when ip_tunnel_get_stats64 was
called.  This was leading to some confusing results in my debug as I was
seeing rx_errors increment but no other value which pointed me toward the
type of error being seen.

This change corrects that by using netdev_stats_to_stats64 to copy all
available dev stats instead of just the few that were hand picked.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-14 22:30:54 -04:00
Vlad Yasevich
e87a468eb9 ipv6: Fix udp checksums with raw sockets
It was reported that trancerout6 would cause
a kernel to crash when trying to compute checksums
on raw UDP packets.  The cause was the check in
__ip6_append_data that would attempt to use
partial checksums on the packet.  However,
raw sockets do not initialize partial checksum
fields so partial checksums can't be used.

Solve this the same way IPv4 does it.  raw sockets
pass transhdrlen value of 0 to ip_append_data which
causes the checksum to be computed in software.  Use
the same check in ip6_append_data (check transhdrlen).

Reported-by: Wolfgang Walter <linux@stwm.de>
CC: Wolfgang Walter <linux@stwm.de>
CC: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladislav Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-14 22:27:03 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
91dd93f956 netlink: move nl_table in read_mostly section
netlink sockets creation and deletion heavily modify nl_table_users
and nl_table_lock.

If nl_table is sharing one cache line with one of them, netlink
performance is really bad on SMP.

ffffffff81ff5f00 B nl_table
ffffffff81ff5f0c b nl_table_users

Putting nl_table in read_mostly section increased performance
of my open/delete netlink sockets test by about 80 %

This came up while diagnosing a getaddrinfo() problem.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-14 17:49:06 -04:00
Willem de Bruijn
54d7c01d3e packet: fix warnings in rollover lock contention
Avoid two xchg calls whose return values were unused, causing a
warning on some architectures.

The relevant variable is a hint and read without mutual exclusion.
This fix makes all writers hold the receive_queue lock.

Suggested-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-14 17:40:54 -04:00
Ying Xue
fa787ae062 tipc: use sock_create_kern interface to create kernel socket
After commit eeb1bd5c40 ("net: Add a struct net parameter to
sock_create_kern"), we should use sock_create_kern() to create kernel
socket as the interface doesn't reference count struct net any more.

Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-14 13:39:33 -04:00
Brian Haley
dd3aa3b5fb cls_flower: Fix compile error
Fix compile error in net/sched/cls_flower.c

    net/sched/cls_flower.c: In function ‘fl_set_key’:
    net/sched/cls_flower.c:240:3: error: implicit declaration of
     function ‘tcf_change_indev’ [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
       err = tcf_change_indev(net, tb[TCA_FLOWER_INDEV]);

Introduced in 77b9900ef5

Fixes: 77b9900ef5 ("tc: introduce Flower classifier")
Signed-off-by: Brian Haley <brian.haley@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-14 13:34:35 -04:00
Jon Paul Maloy
dd3f9e70f5 tipc: add packet sequence number at instant of transmission
Currently, the packet sequence number is updated and added to each
packet at the moment a packet is added to the link backlog queue.
This is wasteful, since it forces the code to traverse the send
packet list packet by packet when adding them to the backlog queue.
It would be better to just splice the whole packet list into the
backlog queue when that is the right action to do.

In this commit, we do this change. Also, since the sequence numbers
cannot now be assigned to the packets at the moment they are added
the backlog queue, we do instead calculate and add them at the moment
of transmission, when the backlog queue has to be traversed anyway.
We do this in the function tipc_link_push_packet().

Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-14 12:24:46 -04:00
Jon Paul Maloy
f21e897ecc tipc: improve link congestion algorithm
The link congestion algorithm used until now implies two problems.

- It is too generous towards lower-level messages in situations of high
  load by giving "absolute" bandwidth guarantees to the different
  priority levels. LOW traffic is guaranteed 10%, MEDIUM is guaranted
  20%, HIGH is guaranteed 30%, and CRITICAL is guaranteed 40% of the
  available bandwidth. But, in the absence of higher level traffic, the
  ratio between two distinct levels becomes unreasonable. E.g. if there
  is only LOW and MEDIUM traffic on a system, the former is guaranteed
  1/3 of the bandwidth, and the latter 2/3. This again means that if
  there is e.g. one LOW user and 10 MEDIUM users, the  former will have
  33.3% of the bandwidth, and the others will have to compete for the
  remainder, i.e. each will end up with 6.7% of the capacity.

- Packets of type MSG_BUNDLER are created at SYSTEM importance level,
  but only after the packets bundled into it have passed the congestion
  test for their own respective levels. Since bundled packets don't
  result in incrementing the level counter for their own importance,
  only occasionally for the SYSTEM level counter, they do in practice
  obtain SYSTEM level importance. Hence, the current implementation
  provides a gap in the congestion algorithm that in the worst case
  may lead to a link reset.

We now refine the congestion algorithm as follows:

- A message is accepted to the link backlog only if its own level
  counter, and all superior level counters, permit it.

- The importance of a created bundle packet is set according to its
  contents. A bundle packet created from messges at levels LOW to
  CRITICAL is given importance level CRITICAL, while a bundle created
  from a SYSTEM level message is given importance SYSTEM. In the latter
  case only subsequent SYSTEM level messages are allowed to be bundled
  into it.

This solves the first problem described above, by making the bandwidth
guarantee relative to the total number of users at all levels; only
the upper limit for each level remains absolute. In the example
described above, the single LOW user would use 1/11th of the bandwidth,
the same as each of the ten MEDIUM users, but he still has the same
guarantee against starvation as the latter ones.

The fix also solves the second problem. If the CRITICAL level is filled
up by bundle packets of that level, no lower level packets will be
accepted any more.

Suggested-by: Gergely Kiss <gergely.kiss@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-14 12:24:46 -04:00
Jon Paul Maloy
cd4eee3c2e tipc: simplify link supervision checkpointing
We change the sequence number checkpointing that is performed
by the timer in order to discover if the peer is active. Currently,
we store a checkpoint of the next expected sequence number "rcv_nxt"
at each timer expiration, and compare it to the current expected
number at next timeout expiration. Instead, we now use the already
existing field "silent_intv_cnt" for this task. We step the counter
at each timeout expiration, and zero it at each valid received packet.
If no valid packet has been received from the peer after "abort_limit"
number of silent timer intervals, the link is declared faulty and reset.

We also remove the multiple instances of timer activation from inside
the FSM function "link_state_event()", and now do it at only one place;
at the end of the timer function itself.

Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-14 12:24:46 -04:00
Jon Paul Maloy
a97b9d3fa9 tipc: rename fields in struct tipc_link
We rename some fields in struct tipc_link, in order to give them more
descriptive names:

next_in_no -> rcv_nxt
next_out_no-> snd_nxt
fsm_msg_cnt-> silent_intv_cnt
cont_intv  -> keepalive_intv
last_retransmitted -> last_retransm

There are no functional changes in this commit.

Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-14 12:24:46 -04:00
Jon Paul Maloy
e4bf4f7696 tipc: simplify packet sequence number handling
Although the sequence number in the TIPC protocol is 16 bits, we have
until now stored it internally as an unsigned 32 bits integer.
We got around this by always doing explicit modulo-65535 operations
whenever we need to access a sequence number.

We now make the incoming and outgoing sequence numbers to unsigned
16-bit integers, and remove the modulo operations where applicable.

We also move the arithmetic inline functions for 16 bit integers
to core.h, and the function buf_seqno() to msg.h, so they can easily
be accessed from anywhere in the code.

Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-14 12:24:46 -04:00
Jon Paul Maloy
a6bf70f792 tipc: simplify include dependencies
When we try to add new inline functions in the code, we sometimes
run into circular include dependencies.

The main problem is that the file core.h, which really should be at
the root of the dependency chain, instead is a leaf. I.e., core.h
includes a number of header files that themselves should be allowed
to include core.h. In reality this is unnecessary, because core.h does
not need to know the full signature of any of the structs it refers to,
only their type declaration.

In this commit, we remove all dependencies from core.h towards any
other tipc header file.

As a consequence of this change, we can now move the function
tipc_own_addr(net) from addr.c to addr.h, and make it inline.

There are no functional changes in this commit.

Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-14 12:24:45 -04:00
Jon Paul Maloy
75b44b018e tipc: simplify link timer handling
Prior to this commit, the link timer has been running at a "continuity
interval" of configured link tolerance/4. When a timer wakes up and
discovers that there has been no sign of life from the peer during the
previous interval, it divides its own timer interval by another factor
four, and starts sending one probe per new interval. When the configured
link tolerance time has passed without answer, i.e. after 16 unacked
probes, the link is declared faulty and reset.

This is unnecessary complex. It is sufficient to continue with the
original continuity interval, and instead reset the link after four
missed probe responses. This makes the timer handling in the link
simpler, and opens up for some planned later changes in this area.
This commit implements this change.

Reviewed-by: Richard Alpe <richard.alpe@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-14 12:24:45 -04:00
Jon Paul Maloy
b1c29f6b10 tipc: simplify resetting and disabling of bearers
Since commit 4b475e3f2f8e4e241de101c8240f1d74d0470494
("tipc: eliminate delayed link deletion at link failover") the extra
boolean parameter "shutting_down" is not any longer needed for the
functions bearer_disable() and tipc_link_delete_list().

Furhermore, the function tipc_link_reset_links(), called from
bearer_reset()  is now unnecessary. We can just as well delete
all the links, as we do in bearer_disable(), and start over with
creating new links.

This commit introduces those changes.

Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-14 12:24:45 -04:00
Zhang Chunyu
12b7ed29bd netfilter: xt_MARK: Add ARP support
Add arpt_MARK to xt_mark.

The corresponding userspace update is available at:

http://git.netfilter.org/arptables/commit/?id=4bb2f8340783fd3a3f70aa6f8807428a280f8474

Signed-off-by: Zhang Chunyu <zhangcy@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2015-05-14 13:00:27 +02:00
Denys Vlasenko
a3b1c1eb50 netfilter: ipset: deinline ip_set_put_extensions()
On x86 allyesconfig build:
The function compiles to 489 bytes of machine code.
It has 25 callsites.

    text    data       bss       dec     hex filename
82441375 22255384 20627456 125324215 7784bb7 vmlinux.before
82434909 22255384 20627456 125317749 7783275 vmlinux

Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
CC: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
CC: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
CC: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: netfilter-devel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2015-05-14 12:51:19 +02:00
Florian Westphal
a9fcc6a41d netfilter: bridge: free nf_bridge info on xmit
nf_bridge information is only needed for -m physdev, so we can always free
it after POST_ROUTING.  This has the advantage that allocation and free will
typically happen on the same cpu.

Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2015-05-14 12:43:49 +02:00
Florian Westphal
7fb48c5bc3 netfilter: bridge: neigh_head and physoutdev can't be used at same time
The neigh_header is only needed when we detect DNAT after prerouting
and neigh cache didn't have a mac address for us.

The output port has not been chosen yet so we can re-use the storage
area, bringing struct size down to 32 bytes on x86_64.

Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2015-05-14 12:43:48 +02:00
Wesley Kuo
177d0506a9 Bluetooth: Fix remote name event return directly.
This patch fixes hci_remote_name_evt dose not resolve name during
discovery status is RESOLVING. Before simultaneous dual mode scan enabled,
hci_check_pending_name will set discovery status to STOPPED eventually.

Signed-off-by: Wesley Kuo <wesley.kuo@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
2015-05-14 10:35:04 +02:00
Pablo Neira
e687ad60af netfilter: add netfilter ingress hook after handle_ing() under unique static key
This patch adds the Netfilter ingress hook just after the existing tc ingress
hook, that seems to be the consensus solution for this.

Note that the Netfilter hook resides under the global static key that enables
ingress filtering. Nonetheless, Netfilter still also has its own static key for
minimal impact on the existing handle_ing().

* Without this patch:

Result: OK: 6216490(c6216338+d152) usec, 100000000 (60byte,0frags)
  16086246pps 7721Mb/sec (7721398080bps) errors: 100000000

    42.46%  kpktgend_0   [kernel.kallsyms]   [k] __netif_receive_skb_core
    25.92%  kpktgend_0   [kernel.kallsyms]   [k] kfree_skb
     7.81%  kpktgend_0   [pktgen]            [k] pktgen_thread_worker
     5.62%  kpktgend_0   [kernel.kallsyms]   [k] ip_rcv
     2.70%  kpktgend_0   [kernel.kallsyms]   [k] netif_receive_skb_internal
     2.34%  kpktgend_0   [kernel.kallsyms]   [k] netif_receive_skb_sk
     1.44%  kpktgend_0   [kernel.kallsyms]   [k] __build_skb

* With this patch:

Result: OK: 6214833(c6214731+d101) usec, 100000000 (60byte,0frags)
  16090536pps 7723Mb/sec (7723457280bps) errors: 100000000

    41.23%  kpktgend_0      [kernel.kallsyms]  [k] __netif_receive_skb_core
    26.57%  kpktgend_0      [kernel.kallsyms]  [k] kfree_skb
     7.72%  kpktgend_0      [pktgen]           [k] pktgen_thread_worker
     5.55%  kpktgend_0      [kernel.kallsyms]  [k] ip_rcv
     2.78%  kpktgend_0      [kernel.kallsyms]  [k] netif_receive_skb_internal
     2.06%  kpktgend_0      [kernel.kallsyms]  [k] netif_receive_skb_sk
     1.43%  kpktgend_0      [kernel.kallsyms]  [k] __build_skb

* Without this patch + tc ingress:

        tc filter add dev eth4 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 1 \
                u32 match ip dst 4.3.2.1/32

Result: OK: 9269001(c9268821+d179) usec, 100000000 (60byte,0frags)
  10788648pps 5178Mb/sec (5178551040bps) errors: 100000000

    40.99%  kpktgend_0   [kernel.kallsyms]  [k] __netif_receive_skb_core
    17.50%  kpktgend_0   [kernel.kallsyms]  [k] kfree_skb
    11.77%  kpktgend_0   [cls_u32]          [k] u32_classify
     5.62%  kpktgend_0   [kernel.kallsyms]  [k] tc_classify_compat
     5.18%  kpktgend_0   [pktgen]           [k] pktgen_thread_worker
     3.23%  kpktgend_0   [kernel.kallsyms]  [k] tc_classify
     2.97%  kpktgend_0   [kernel.kallsyms]  [k] ip_rcv
     1.83%  kpktgend_0   [kernel.kallsyms]  [k] netif_receive_skb_internal
     1.50%  kpktgend_0   [kernel.kallsyms]  [k] netif_receive_skb_sk
     0.99%  kpktgend_0   [kernel.kallsyms]  [k] __build_skb

* With this patch + tc ingress:

        tc filter add dev eth4 parent ffff: protocol ip prio 1 \
                u32 match ip dst 4.3.2.1/32

Result: OK: 9308218(c9308091+d126) usec, 100000000 (60byte,0frags)
  10743194pps 5156Mb/sec (5156733120bps) errors: 100000000

    42.01%  kpktgend_0   [kernel.kallsyms]   [k] __netif_receive_skb_core
    17.78%  kpktgend_0   [kernel.kallsyms]   [k] kfree_skb
    11.70%  kpktgend_0   [cls_u32]           [k] u32_classify
     5.46%  kpktgend_0   [kernel.kallsyms]   [k] tc_classify_compat
     5.16%  kpktgend_0   [pktgen]            [k] pktgen_thread_worker
     2.98%  kpktgend_0   [kernel.kallsyms]   [k] ip_rcv
     2.84%  kpktgend_0   [kernel.kallsyms]   [k] tc_classify
     1.96%  kpktgend_0   [kernel.kallsyms]   [k] netif_receive_skb_internal
     1.57%  kpktgend_0   [kernel.kallsyms]   [k] netif_receive_skb_sk

Note that the results are very similar before and after.

I can see gcc gets the code under the ingress static key out of the hot path.
Then, on that cold branch, it generates the code to accomodate the netfilter
ingress static key. My explanation for this is that this reduces the pressure
on the instruction cache for non-users as the new code is out of the hot path,
and it comes with minimal impact for tc ingress users.

Using gcc version 4.8.4 on:

Architecture:          x86_64
CPU op-mode(s):        32-bit, 64-bit
Byte Order:            Little Endian
CPU(s):                8
[...]
L1d cache:             16K
L1i cache:             64K
L2 cache:              2048K
L3 cache:              8192K

Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-14 01:10:05 -04:00
Pablo Neira
1cf51900f8 net: add CONFIG_NET_INGRESS to enable ingress filtering
This new config switch enables the ingress filtering infrastructure that is
controlled through the ingress_needed static key. This prepares the
introduction of the Netfilter ingress hook that resides under this unique
static key.

Note that CONFIG_SCH_INGRESS automatically selects this, that should be no
problem since this also depends on CONFIG_NET_CLS_ACT.

Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-14 01:10:05 -04:00
Pablo Neira
f719148346 netfilter: add hook list to nf_hook_state
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-14 01:10:05 -04:00
Vlad Yasevich
be346ffaad vlan: Correctly propagate promisc|allmulti flags in notifier.
Currently vlan notifier handler will try to update all vlans
for a device when that device comes up.  A problem occurs,
however, when the vlan device was set to promiscuous, but not
by the user (ex: a bridge).  In that case, dev->gflags are
not updated.  What results is that the lower device ends
up with an extra promiscuity count.  Here are the
backtraces that prove this:
[62852.052179]  [<ffffffff814fe248>] __dev_set_promiscuity+0x38/0x1e0
[62852.052186]  [<ffffffff8160bcbb>] ? _raw_spin_unlock_bh+0x1b/0x40
[62852.052188]  [<ffffffff814fe4be>] ? dev_set_rx_mode+0x2e/0x40
[62852.052190]  [<ffffffff814fe694>] dev_set_promiscuity+0x24/0x50
[62852.052194]  [<ffffffffa0324795>] vlan_dev_open+0xd5/0x1f0 [8021q]
[62852.052196]  [<ffffffff814fe58f>] __dev_open+0xbf/0x140
[62852.052198]  [<ffffffff814fe88d>] __dev_change_flags+0x9d/0x170
[62852.052200]  [<ffffffff814fe989>] dev_change_flags+0x29/0x60

The above comes from the setting the vlan device to IFF_UP state.

[62852.053569]  [<ffffffff814fe248>] __dev_set_promiscuity+0x38/0x1e0
[62852.053571]  [<ffffffffa032459b>] ? vlan_dev_set_rx_mode+0x2b/0x30
[8021q]
[62852.053573]  [<ffffffff814fe8d5>] __dev_change_flags+0xe5/0x170
[62852.053645]  [<ffffffff814fe989>] dev_change_flags+0x29/0x60
[62852.053647]  [<ffffffffa032334a>] vlan_device_event+0x18a/0x690
[8021q]
[62852.053649]  [<ffffffff8161036c>] notifier_call_chain+0x4c/0x70
[62852.053651]  [<ffffffff8109d456>] raw_notifier_call_chain+0x16/0x20
[62852.053653]  [<ffffffff814f744d>] call_netdevice_notifiers+0x2d/0x60
[62852.053654]  [<ffffffff814fe1a3>] __dev_notify_flags+0x33/0xa0
[62852.053656]  [<ffffffff814fe9b2>] dev_change_flags+0x52/0x60
[62852.053657]  [<ffffffff8150cd57>] do_setlink+0x397/0xa40

And this one comes from the notification code.  What we end
up with is a vlan with promiscuity count of 1 and and a physical
device with a promiscuity count of 2.  They should both have
a count 1.

To resolve this issue, vlan code can use dev_get_flags() api
which correctly masks promiscuity and allmulti flags.

Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-14 00:54:32 -04:00
Alexander Duyck
a080e7bd0a net: Reserve skb headroom and set skb->dev even if using __alloc_skb
When I had inlined __alloc_rx_skb into __netdev_alloc_skb and
__napi_alloc_skb I had overlooked the fact that there was a return in the
__alloc_rx_skb.  As a result we weren't reserving headroom or setting the
skb->dev in certain cases.  This change corrects that by adding a couple of
jump labels to jump to depending on __alloc_skb either succeeding or failing.

Fixes: 9451980a66 ("net: Use cached copy of pfmemalloc to avoid accessing page")
Reported-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Kevin Hilman <khilman@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-13 18:07:24 -04:00
John W. Linville
d37d29c305 geneve_core: identify as driver library in modules description
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-13 15:59:13 -04:00
John W. Linville
11e1fa46b4 geneve: Rename support library as geneve_core
net/ipv4/geneve.c -> net/ipv4/geneve_core.c

This name better reflects the purpose of the module.

Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-13 15:59:13 -04:00
John W. Linville
35d32e8fe4 geneve: move definition of geneve_hdr() to geneve.h
This is a static inline with identical definitions in multiple places...

Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-13 15:59:13 -04:00
John W. Linville
125907ae5e geneve: remove MODULE_ALIAS_RTNL_LINK from net/ipv4/geneve.c
This file is essentially a library for implementing the geneve
encapsulation protocol.  The file does not register any rtnl_link_ops,
so the MODULE_ALIAS_RTNL_LINK macro is inappropriate here.

Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-13 15:59:12 -04:00
Willem de Bruijn
a9b6391814 packet: rollover statistics
Rollover indicates exceptional conditions. Export a counter to inform
socket owners of this state.

If no socket with sufficient room is found, rollover fails. Also count
these events.

Finally, also count when flows are rolled over early thanks to huge
flow detection, to validate its correctness.

Tested:
  Read counters in bench_rollover on all other tests in the patchset

Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-13 15:43:00 -04:00
Willem de Bruijn
3b3a5b0aab packet: rollover huge flows before small flows
Migrate flows from a socket to another socket in the fanout group not
only when the socket is full. Start migrating huge flows early, to
divert possible 4-tuple attacks without affecting normal traffic.

Introduce fanout_flow_is_huge(). This detects huge flows, which are
defined as taking up more than half the load. It does so cheaply, by
storing the rxhashes of the N most recent packets. If over half of
these are the same rxhash as the current packet, then drop it. This
only protects against 4-tuple attacks. N is chosen to fit all data in
a single cache line.

Tested:
  Ran bench_rollover for 10 sec with 1.5 Mpps of single flow input.

    lpbb5:/export/hda3/willemb# ./bench_rollover -l 1000 -r -s
    cpu         rx       rx.k     drop.k   rollover     r.huge   r.failed
      0         14         14          0          0          0          0
      1         20         20          0          0          0          0
      2         16         16          0          0          0          0
      3    6168824    6168824          0    4867721    4867721          0
      4    4867741    4867741          0          0          0          0
      5         12         12          0          0          0          0
      6         15         15          0          0          0          0
      7         17         17          0          0          0          0

Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-13 15:43:00 -04:00
Willem de Bruijn
2ccdbaa6d5 packet: rollover lock contention avoidance
Rollover has to call packet_rcv_has_room on sockets in the fanout
group to find a socket to migrate to. This operation is expensive
especially if the packet sockets use rings, when a lock has to be
acquired.

Avoid pounding on the lock by all sockets by temporarily marking a
socket as "under memory pressure" when such pressure is detected.
While set, only the socket owner may call packet_rcv_has_room on the
socket. Once it detects normal conditions, it clears the flag. The
socket is not used as a victim by any other socket in the meantime.

Under reasonably balanced load, each socket writer frequently calls
packet_rcv_has_room and clears its own pressure field. As a backup
for when the socket is rarely written to, also clear the flag on
reading (packet_recvmsg, packet_poll) if this can be done cheaply
(i.e., without calling packet_rcv_has_room). This is only for
edge cases.

Tested:
  Ran bench_rollover: a process with 8 sockets in a single fanout
  group, each pinned to a single cpu that receives one nic recv
  interrupt. RPS and RFS are disabled. The benchmark uses packet
  rx_ring, which has to take a lock when determining whether a
  socket has room.

  Sent 3.5 Mpps of UDP traffic with sufficient entropy to spread
  uniformly across the packet sockets (and inserted an iptables
  rule to drop in PREROUTING to avoid protocol stack processing).

  Without this patch, all sockets try to migrate traffic to
  neighbors, causing lock contention when searching for a non-
  empty neighbor. The lock is the top 9 entries.

    perf record -a -g sleep 5

    -  17.82%   bench_rollover  [kernel.kallsyms]    [k] _raw_spin_lock
       - _raw_spin_lock
          - 99.00% spin_lock
    	 + 81.77% packet_rcv_has_room.isra.41
    	 + 18.23% tpacket_rcv
          + 0.84% packet_rcv_has_room.isra.41
    +   5.20%      ksoftirqd/6  [kernel.kallsyms]    [k] _raw_spin_lock
    +   5.15%      ksoftirqd/1  [kernel.kallsyms]    [k] _raw_spin_lock
    +   5.14%      ksoftirqd/2  [kernel.kallsyms]    [k] _raw_spin_lock
    +   5.12%      ksoftirqd/7  [kernel.kallsyms]    [k] _raw_spin_lock
    +   5.12%      ksoftirqd/5  [kernel.kallsyms]    [k] _raw_spin_lock
    +   5.10%      ksoftirqd/4  [kernel.kallsyms]    [k] _raw_spin_lock
    +   4.66%      ksoftirqd/0  [kernel.kallsyms]    [k] _raw_spin_lock
    +   4.45%      ksoftirqd/3  [kernel.kallsyms]    [k] _raw_spin_lock
    +   1.55%   bench_rollover  [kernel.kallsyms]    [k] packet_rcv_has_room.isra.41

  On net-next with this patch, this lock contention is no longer a
  top entry. Most time is spent in the actual read function. Next up
  are other locks:

    +  15.52%  bench_rollover  bench_rollover     [.] reader
    +   4.68%         swapper  [kernel.kallsyms]  [k] memcpy_erms
    +   2.77%         swapper  [kernel.kallsyms]  [k] packet_lookup_frame.isra.51
    +   2.56%     ksoftirqd/1  [kernel.kallsyms]  [k] memcpy_erms
    +   2.16%         swapper  [kernel.kallsyms]  [k] tpacket_rcv
    +   1.93%         swapper  [kernel.kallsyms]  [k] mlx4_en_process_rx_cq

  Looking closer at the remaining _raw_spin_lock, the cost of probing
  in rollover is now comparable to the cost of taking the lock later
  in tpacket_rcv.

    -   1.51%         swapper  [kernel.kallsyms]  [k] _raw_spin_lock
       - _raw_spin_lock
          + 33.41% packet_rcv_has_room
          + 28.15% tpacket_rcv
          + 19.54% enqueue_to_backlog
          + 6.45% __free_pages_ok
          + 2.78% packet_rcv_fanout
          + 2.13% fanout_demux_rollover
          + 2.01% netif_receive_skb_internal

Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-13 15:43:00 -04:00
Willem de Bruijn
9954729bc3 packet: rollover only to socket with headroom
Only migrate flows to sockets that have sufficient headroom, where
sufficient is defined as having at least 25% empty space.

The kernel has three different buffer types: a regular socket, a ring
with frames (TPACKET_V[12]) or a ring with blocks (TPACKET_V3). The
latter two do not expose a read pointer to the kernel, so headroom is
not computed easily. All three needs a different implementation to
estimate free space.

Tested:
  Ran bench_rollover for 10 sec with 1.5 Mpps of single flow input.

  bench_rollover has as many sockets as there are NIC receive queues
  in the system. Each socket is owned by a process that is pinned to
  one of the receive cpus. RFS is disabled. RPS is enabled with an
  identity mapping (cpu x -> cpu x), to count drops with softnettop.

    lpbb5:/export/hda3/willemb# ./bench_rollover -r -l 1000 -s
    Press [Enter] to exit

    cpu         rx       rx.k     drop.k   rollover     r.huge   r.failed
      0         16         16          0          0          0          0
      1         21         21          0          0          0          0
      2    5227502    5227502          0          0          0          0
      3         18         18          0          0          0          0
      4    6083289    6083289          0    5227496          0          0
      5         22         22          0          0          0          0
      6         21         21          0          0          0          0
      7          9          9          0          0          0          0

Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-13 15:42:59 -04:00
Willem de Bruijn
0648ab70af packet: rollover prepare: per-socket state
Replace rollover state per fanout group with state per socket. Future
patches will add fields to the new structure.

Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-13 15:42:59 -04:00
Willem de Bruijn
ad377cab49 packet: rollover prepare: move code out of callsites
packet_rcv_fanout calls fanout_demux_rollover twice. Move all rollover
logic into the callee to simplify these callsites, especially with
upcoming changes.

The main differences between the two callsites is that the FLAG
variant tests whether the socket previously selected by another
mode (RR, RND, HASH, ..) has room before migrating flows, whereas the
rollover mode has no original socket to test.

Signed-off-by: Willem de Bruijn <willemb@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-13 15:42:59 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
7d771aaac7 ipv4: __ip_local_out_sk() is static
__ip_local_out_sk() is only used from net/ipv4/ip_output.c

net/ipv4/ip_output.c:94:5: warning: symbol '__ip_local_out_sk' was not
declared. Should it be static?

Fixes: 7026b1ddb6 ("netfilter: Pass socket pointer down through okfn().")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-13 15:21:33 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
216f8bb9f6 tcp/dccp: tw_timer_handler() is static
tw_timer_handler() is only used from net/ipv4/inet_timewait_sock.c

Fixes: 789f558cfb ("tcp/dccp: get rid of central timewait timer")
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-13 15:21:33 -04:00
Jiri Pirko
77b9900ef5 tc: introduce Flower classifier
This patch introduces a flow-based filter. So far, the very essential
packet fields are supported.

This patch is only the first step. There is a lot of potential performance
improvements possible to implement. Also a lot of features are missing
now. They will be addressed in follow-up patches.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-13 15:19:48 -04:00
Jiri Pirko
59346afe7a flow_dissector: change port array into src, dst tuple
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-13 15:19:47 -04:00
Jiri Pirko
67a900cc04 flow_dissector: introduce support for Ethernet addresses
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-13 15:19:47 -04:00
Jiri Pirko
b924933cbb flow_dissector: introduce support for ipv6 addressses
So far, only hashes made out of ipv6 addresses could be dissected. This
patch introduces support for dissection of full ipv6 addresses.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-13 15:19:47 -04:00
Jiri Pirko
06635a35d1 flow_dissect: use programable dissector in skb_flow_dissect and friends
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-13 15:19:47 -04:00
Jiri Pirko
fbff949e3b flow_dissector: introduce programable flow_dissector
Introduce dissector infrastructure which allows user to specify which
parts of skb he wants to dissect.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-13 15:19:47 -04:00
Jiri Pirko
0db89b8b32 flow_dissector: fix doc for skb_get_poff
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-13 15:19:46 -04:00
Jiri Pirko
638b2a699f net: move netdev_pick_tx and dependencies to net/core/dev.c
next to its user. No relation to flow_dissector so it makes no sense to
have it in flow_dissector.c

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-13 15:19:46 -04:00
Jiri Pirko
5605c76240 net: move __skb_tx_hash to dev.c
__skb_tx_hash function has no relation to flow_dissect so just move it
to dev.c

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-13 15:19:46 -04:00
Jiri Pirko
d4fd327571 flow_dissector: fix doc for __skb_get_hash and remove couple of empty lines
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-13 15:19:46 -04:00
Jiri Pirko
10b89ee43e net: move *skb_get_poff declarations into correct header
Since these functions are defined in flow_dissector.c, move header
declarations from skbuff.h into flow_dissector.h

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-13 15:19:45 -04:00
Jiri Pirko
1bd758eb1c net: change name of flow_dissector header to match the .c file name
add couple of empty lines on the way.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-13 15:19:45 -04:00
Florian Westphal
e578d9c025 net: sched: use counter to break reclassify loops
Seems all we want here is to avoid endless 'goto reclassify' loop.
tc_classify_compat even resets this counter when something other
than TC_ACT_RECLASSIFY is returned, so this skb-counter doesn't
break hypothetical loops induced by something other than perpetual
TC_ACT_RECLASSIFY return values.

skb_act_clone is now identical to skb_clone, so just use that.

Tested with following (bogus) filter:
tc filter add dev eth0 parent ffff: \
 protocol ip u32 match u32 0 0 police rate 10Kbit burst \
 64000 mtu 1500 action reclassify

Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-13 15:08:14 -04:00
David S. Miller
b04096ff33 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Four minor merge conflicts:

1) qca_spi.c renamed the local variable used for the SPI device
   from spi_device to spi, meanwhile the spi_set_drvdata() call
   got moved further up in the probe function.

2) Two changes were both adding new members to codel params
   structure, and thus we had overlapping changes to the
   initializer function.

3) 'net' was making a fix to sk_release_kernel() which is
   completely removed in 'net-next'.

4) In net_namespace.c, the rtnl_net_fill() call for GET operations
   had the command value fixed, meanwhile 'net-next' adjusted the
   argument signature a bit.

This also matches example merge resolutions posted by Stephen
Rothwell over the past two days.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-13 14:31:43 -04:00
Scott Feldman
42275bd8fc switchdev: don't use anonymous union on switchdev attr/obj structs
Older gcc versions (e.g.  gcc version 4.4.6) don't like anonymous unions
which was causing build issues on the newly added switchdev attr/obj
structs.  Fix this by using named union on structs.

Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Or Gerlitz <ogerlitz@mellanox.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-13 14:20:59 -04:00
Scott Feldman
7a7ee5312d switchdev: sparse warning: pass ipv4 fib dst as network-byte order
And let driver convert it to host-byte order as needed.

Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-13 12:26:27 -04:00
Scott Feldman
22c1f67ea5 switchdev: sparse warning: make __switchdev_port_obj_add static
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-13 12:26:27 -04:00
Jozsef Kadlecsik
a9756e6f63 netfilter: ipset: Use better include files in xt_set.c
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2015-05-13 18:21:13 +02:00
Sergey Popovich
1823fb79e5 netfilter: ipset: Improve preprocessor macros checks
Check if mandatory MTYPE, HTYPE and HOST_MASK macros
defined.

Signed-off-by: Sergey Popovich <popovich_sergei@mail.ua>
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2015-05-13 18:21:13 +02:00
Sergey Popovich
58cc06daea netfilter: ipset: Fix hashing for ipv6 sets
HKEY_DATALEN remains defined after first inclusion
of ip_set_hash_gen.h, so it is incorrectly reused
for IPv6 code.

Undefine HKEY_DATALEN in ip_set_hash_gen.h at the end.

Also remove some useless defines of HKEY_DATALEN in
ip_set_hash_{ip{,mark,port},netiface}.c as ip_set_hash_gen.h
defines it correctly for such set types anyway.

Signed-off-by: Sergey Popovich <popovich_sergei@mail.ua>
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2015-05-13 18:21:12 +02:00
Sergey Popovich
037261866c netfilter: ipset: Check for comment netlink attribute length
Ensure userspace supplies string not longer than
IPSET_MAX_COMMENT_SIZE.

Signed-off-by: Sergey Popovich <popovich_sergei@mail.ua>
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2015-05-13 13:25:47 +02:00
Sergey Popovich
728a7e6903 netfilter: ipset: Return bool values instead of int
Signed-off-by: Sergey Popovich <popovich_sergei@mail.ua>
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2015-05-13 13:25:47 +02:00
Sergey Popovich
cabfd139aa netfilter: ipset: Use HOST_MASK literal to represent host address CIDR len
Signed-off-by: Sergey Popovich <popovich_sergei@mail.ua>
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2015-05-13 13:25:47 +02:00
Sergey Popovich
d25472e470 netfilter: ipset: Check IPSET_ATTR_PORT only once
We do not need to check tb[IPSET_ATTR_PORT] != NULL before
retrieving port, as this attribute is known to exist due to
ip_set_attr_netorder() returning true only when attribute
exists and it is in network byte order.

Signed-off-by: Sergey Popovich <popovich_sergei@mail.ua>
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2015-05-13 13:25:46 +02:00
Sergey Popovich
8e55d2e590 netfilter: ipset: Return ipset error instead of bool
Statement ret = func1() || func2() returns 0 when both func1()
and func2() return 0, or 1 if func1() or func2() returns non-zero.

However in our case func1() and func2() returns error code on
failure, so it seems good to propagate such error codes, rather
than returning 1 in case of failure.

Signed-off-by: Sergey Popovich <popovich_sergei@mail.ua>
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2015-05-13 13:25:46 +02:00
Sergey Popovich
43ef29c91a netfilter: ipset: Preprocessor directices cleanup
* Undefine mtype_data_reset_elem before defining.

 * Remove duplicated mtype_gc_init undefine, move
   mtype_gc_init define closer to mtype_gc define.

 * Use htype instead of HTYPE in IPSET_TOKEN(HTYPE, _create)().

 * Remove PF definition from sets: no more used.

Signed-off-by: Sergey Popovich <popovich_sergei@mail.ua>
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2015-05-13 13:25:46 +02:00
Sergey Popovich
2b67d6e01d netfilter: ipset: No need to make nomatch bitfield
We do not store cidr packed with no match, so there is no
need to make nomatch bitfield.

This simplifies mtype_data_reset_flags() a bit.

Signed-off-by: Sergey Popovich <popovich_sergei@mail.ua>
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2015-05-13 13:25:45 +02:00
Sergey Popovich
caed0ed35b netfilter: ipset: Properly calculate extensions offsets and total length
Offsets and total length returned by the ip_set_elem_len()
calculated incorrectly as initial set element length (i.e.
len parameter) is used multiple times in offset calculations,
also affecting set element total length.

Use initial set element length as start offset, do not add aligned
extension offset to the offset. Return offset as total length of
the set element.

This reduces memory requirements on per element basic for the
hash:* type of sets.

For example output from 'ipset -terse list test-1' on 64-bit PC,
where test-1 is generated via following script:

  #!/bin/bash

  set_name='test-1'

  ipset create "$set_name" hash:net family inet \
              timeout 10800 counters comment \
              hashsize 65536 maxelem 65536

  declare -i o3 o4
  fmt="add $set_name 192.168.%u.%u\n"

  for ((o3 = 0; o3 < 256; o3++)); do
      for ((o4 = 0; o4 < 256; o4++)); do
          printf "$fmt" $o3 $o4
      done
  done |ipset -exist restore

BEFORE this patch is applied

  # ipset -terse list test-1
  Name: test-1
  Type: hash:net
  Revision: 6
  Header: family inet hashsize 65536 maxelem 65536
timeout 10800 counters comment
  Size in memory: 26348440

and AFTER applying patch

  # ipset -terse list test-1
  Name: test-1
  Type: hash:net
  Revision: 6
  Header: family inet hashsize 65536 maxelem 65536
timeout 10800 counters comment
  Size in memory: 7706392
  References: 0

Signed-off-by: Sergey Popovich <popovich_sergei@mail.ua>
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2015-05-13 13:25:45 +02:00
Alexander Drozdov
3e4e8d126c netfilter: ipset: make ip_set_get_ip*_port to use skb_network_offset
All the ipset functions respect skb->network_header value,
except for ip_set_get_ip4_port() & ip_set_get_ip6_port(). The
functions should use skb_network_offset() to get the transport
header offset.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Drozdov <al.drozdov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2015-05-13 13:25:45 +02:00
Jozsef Kadlecsik
22496f098b netfilter: ipset: Give a better name to a macro in ip_set_core.c
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2015-05-13 13:25:44 +02:00
Jozsef Kadlecsik
2006aa4a8c netfilter: ipset: Fix sparse warning
"warning: cast to restricted __be32" warnings are fixed

Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
2015-05-13 13:25:44 +02:00
Herbert Xu
6d7258ca93 esp6: Use high-order sequence number bits for IV generation
I noticed we were only using the low-order bits for IV generation
when ESN is enabled.  This is very bad because it means that the
IV can repeat.  We must use the full 64 bits.

Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
2015-05-13 09:34:54 +02:00
Herbert Xu
64aa42338e esp4: Use high-order sequence number bits for IV generation
I noticed we were only using the low-order bits for IV generation
when ESN is enabled.  This is very bad because it means that the
IV can repeat.  We must use the full 64 bits.

Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
2015-05-13 09:34:53 +02:00
Linus Torvalds
110bc76729 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:

 1) Handle max TX power properly wrt VIFs and the MAC in iwlwifi, from
    Avri Altman.

 2) Use the correct FW API for scan completions in iwlwifi, from Avraham
    Stern.

 3) FW monitor in iwlwifi accidently uses unmapped memory, fix from Liad
    Kaufman.

 4) rhashtable conversion of mac80211 station table was buggy, the
    virtual interface was not taken into account.  Fix from Johannes
    Berg.

 5) Fix deadlock in rtlwifi by not using a zero timeout for
    usb_control_msg(), from Larry Finger.

 6) Update reordering state before calculating loss detection, from
    Yuchung Cheng.

 7) Fix off by one in bluetooth firmward parsing, from Dan Carpenter.

 8) Fix extended frame handling in xiling_can driver, from Jeppe
    Ledet-Pedersen.

 9) Fix CODEL packet scheduler behavior in the presence of TSO packets,
    from Eric Dumazet.

10) Fix NAPI budget testing in fm10k driver, from Alexander Duyck.

11) macvlan needs to propagate promisc settings down the the lower
    device, from Vlad Yasevich.

12) igb driver can oops when changing number of rings, from Toshiaki
    Makita.

13) Source specific default routes not handled properly in ipv6, from
    Markus Stenberg.

14) Use after free in tc_ctl_tfilter(), from WANG Cong.

15) Use softirq spinlocking in netxen driver, from Tony Camuso.

16) Two ARM bpf JIT fixes from Nicolas Schichan.

17) Handle MSG_DONTWAIT properly in ring based AF_PACKET sends, from
    Mathias Kretschmer.

18) Fix x86 bpf JIT implementation of FROM_{BE16,LE16,LE32}, from Alexei
    Starovoitov.

19) ll_temac driver DMA maps TX packet header with incorrect length, fix
    from Michal Simek.

20) We removed pm_qos bits from netdevice.h, but some indirect
    references remained.  Kill them.  From David Ahern.

* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (90 commits)
  net: Remove remaining remnants of pm_qos from netdevice.h
  e1000e: Add pm_qos header
  net: phy: micrel: Fix regression in kszphy_probe
  net: ll_temac: Fix DMA map size bug
  x86: bpf_jit: fix FROM_BE16 and FROM_LE16/32 instructions
  netns: return RTM_NEWNSID instead of RTM_GETNSID on a get
  Update be2net maintainers' email addresses
  net_sched: gred: use correct backlog value in WRED mode
  pppoe: drop pppoe device in pppoe_unbind_sock_work
  net: qca_spi: Fix possible race during probe
  net: mdio-gpio: Allow for unspecified bus id
  af_packet / TX_RING not fully non-blocking (w/ MSG_DONTWAIT).
  bnx2x: limit fw delay in kdump to 5s after boot
  ARM: net: delegate filter to kernel interpreter when imm_offset() return value can't fit into 12bits.
  ARM: net fix emit_udiv() for BPF_ALU | BPF_DIV | BPF_K intruction.
  mpls: Change reserved label names to be consistent with netbsd
  usbnet: avoid integer overflow in start_xmit
  netxen_nic: use spin_[un]lock_bh around tx_clean_lock (2)
  net: xgene_enet: Set hardware dependency
  net: amd-xgbe: Add hardware dependency
  ...
2015-05-12 21:10:38 -07:00
Ying Xue
9449c3cd90 net: make skb_dst_pop routine static
As xfrm_output_one() is the only caller of skb_dst_pop(), we should
make skb_dst_pop() localized.

Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-12 23:19:49 -04:00
Alexei Starovoitov
9eea922264 pktgen: fix packet generation
pkt_gen->last_ok was not set properly, so after the first burst
pktgen instead of allocating new packet, will reuse old one, advance
eth_type_trans further, which would mean the stack will be seeing very
short bogus packets.

Fixes: 62f64aed62 ("pktgen: introduce xmit_mode '<start_xmit|netif_receive>'")
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-12 23:09:52 -04:00
Denys Vlasenko
a2029240e5 net: deinline netif_tx_stop_all_queues(), remove WARN_ON in netif_tx_stop_queue()
These functions compile to 60 bytes of machine code each.
With this .config: http://busybox.net/~vda/kernel_config
there are 617 calls of netif_tx_stop_queue()
and 49 calls of netif_tx_stop_all_queues() in vmlinux.

To fix this, remove WARN_ON in netif_tx_stop_queue()
as suggested by davem, and deinline netif_tx_stop_all_queues().

Change in code size is about 20k:

   text      data      bss       dec     hex filename
82426986 22255416 20627456 125309858 77813a2 vmlinux.before
82406248 22255416 20627456 125289120 777c2a0 vmlinux

gcc-4.7.2 still creates deinlined version of netif_tx_stop_queue
sometimes:

$ nm --size-sort vmlinux | grep netif_tx_stop_queue | wc -l
190

ffffffff81b558a8 <netif_tx_stop_queue>:
ffffffff81b558a8:       55                      push   %rbp
ffffffff81b558a9:       48 89 e5                mov    %rsp,%rbp
ffffffff81b558ac:       f0 80 8f e0 01 00 00    lock orb $0x1,0x1e0(%rdi)
ffffffff81b558b3:       01
ffffffff81b558b4:       5d                      pop    %rbp
ffffffff81b558b5:       c3                      retq

This needs additional fixing.

Signed-off-by: Denys Vlasenko <dvlasenk@redhat.com>
CC: Alexei Starovoitov <alexei.starovoitov@gmail.com>
CC: Alexander Duyck <alexander.duyck@gmail.com>
CC: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
CC: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
CC: netdev@vger.kernel.org
CC: netfilter-devel@vger.kernel.org
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-12 23:05:35 -04:00
Nicolas Dichtel
e3d8ecb70e netns: return RTM_NEWNSID instead of RTM_GETNSID on a get
Usually, RTM_NEWxxx is returned on a get (same as a dump).

Fixes: 0c7aecd4bd ("netns: add rtnl cmd to add and get peer netns ids")
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-12 18:53:25 -04:00
Scott Feldman
7889cbee83 switchdev: remove NETIF_F_HW_SWITCH_OFFLOAD feature flag
Roopa said remove the feature flag for this series and she'll work on
bringing it back if needed at a later date.

Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-12 18:43:55 -04:00
Scott Feldman
58c2cb16b1 switchdev: convert fib_ipv4_add/del over to switchdev_port_obj_add/del
The IPv4 FIB ops convert nicely to the switchdev objs and we're left with
only four switchdev ops: port get/set and port add/del.  Other objs will
follow, such as FDB.  So go ahead and convert IPv4 FIB over to switchdev
obj for consistency, anticipating more objs to come.

Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-12 18:43:55 -04:00
Scott Feldman
8793d0a664 switchdev: add new switchdev_port_bridge_getlink
Like bridge_setlink, add switchdev wrapper to handle bridge_getlink and
call into port driver to get port attrs.  For now, only BR_LEARNING and
BR_LEARNING_SYNC are returned.  To add more, we'll probably want to break
away from ndo_dflt_bridge_getlink() and build the netlink skb directly in
the switchdev code.

Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-12 18:43:55 -04:00
Scott Feldman
8508025c59 bridge: revert br_dellink change back to original
This is revert of:

commit 68e331c785 ("bridge: offload bridge port attributes to switch asic
if feature flag set")

Restore br_dellink back to original and don't call into SELF port driver.
rtnetlink.c:bridge_dellink() already does a call into port driver for SELF.

bridge vlan add/del cmd defaults to MASTER.  From man page for bridge vlan
add/del cmd:

       self   the vlan is configured on the specified physical device.
              Required if the device is the bridge device.

       master the vlan is configured on the software bridge (default).

Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-12 18:43:55 -04:00
Scott Feldman
87a5dae59e switchdev: remove unused switchdev_port_bridge_dellink
Now we can remove old wrappers for dellink.

Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-12 18:43:55 -04:00
Scott Feldman
5c34e02214 switchdev: add new switchdev_port_bridge_dellink
Same change as setlink.  Provide the wrapper op for SELF ndo_bridge_dellink
and call into the switchdev driver to delete afspec VLANs.

Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-12 18:43:55 -04:00
Scott Feldman
41c498b935 bridge: restore br_setlink back to original
This is revert of:

commit 68e331c785 ("bridge: offload bridge port attributes to switch asic
if feature flag set")

Restore br_setlink back to original and don't call into SELF port driver.
rtnetlink.c:bridge_setlink() already does a call into port driver for SELF.

bridge set link cmd defaults to MASTER.  From man page for bridge link set
cmd:

       self   link setting is configured on specified physical device

       master link setting is configured on the software bridge (default)

The link setting has two values: the device-side value and the software
bridge-side value.  These are independent and settable using the bridge
link set cmd by specifying some combination of [master] | [self].
Furthermore, the device-side and bridge-side settings have their own
initial value, viewable from bridge -d link show cmd.

Restoring br_setlink back to original makes rocker (the only in-kernel user
of SELF link settings) work as first implement: two-sided values.

It's true that when both MASTER and SELF are specified from the command,
two netlink notifications are generated, one for each side of the settings.
The user-space app can distiquish between the two notifications by
observing the MASTER or SELF flag.

Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-12 18:43:54 -04:00
Scott Feldman
e71f220b34 switchdev: remove old switchdev_port_bridge_setlink
New attr-based bridge_setlink can recurse lower devs and recover on err, so
remove old wrapper (including ndo_dflt_switchdev_port_bridge_setlink).

Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-12 18:43:54 -04:00
Scott Feldman
47f8328bb1 switchdev: add new switchdev bridge setlink
Add new switchdev_port_bridge_setlink that can be used by drivers
implementing .ndo_bridge_setlink to set switchdev bridge attributes.
Basically turn the raw rtnl_bridge_setlink netlink into switchdev attr
sets.  Proper netlink attr policy checking is done on the protinfo part of
the netlink msg.

Currently, for protinfo, only bridge port attrs BR_LEARNING and
BR_LEARNING_SYNC are parsed and passed to port driver.

For afspec, VLAN objs are passed so switchdev driver can set VLANs assigned
to SELF.  To illustrate with iproute2 cmd, we have:

	bridge vlan add vid 10 dev sw1p1 self master

To add VLAN 10 to port sw1p1 for both the bridge (master) and the device
(self).

Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-12 18:43:54 -04:00
Scott Feldman
491d0f1533 switchdev: introduce switchdev add/del obj ops
Like switchdev attr get/set, add new switchdev obj add/del.  switchdev objs
will be things like VLANs or FIB entries, so add/del fits better for
objects than get/set used for attributes.

Use same two-phase prepare-commit transaction model as in attr set.

Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Sridhar Samudrala <sridhar.samudrala@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-12 18:43:53 -04:00
Scott Feldman
3563606258 switchdev: convert STP update to switchdev attr set
STP update is just a settable port attribute, so convert
switchdev_port_stp_update to an attr set.

For DSA, the prepare phase is skipped and STP updates are only done in the
commit phase.  This is because currently the DSA drivers don't need to
allocate any memory for STP updates and the STP update will not fail to HW
(unless something horrible goes wrong on the MDIO bus, in which case the
prepare phase wouldn't have been able to predict anyway).

Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-12 18:43:53 -04:00
Scott Feldman
f8e20a9f87 switchdev: convert parent_id_get to switchdev attr get
Switch ID is just a gettable port attribute.  Convert switchdev op
switchdev_parent_id_get to a switchdev attr.

Note: for sysfs and netlink interfaces, SWITCHDEV_ATTR_PORT_PARENT_ID is
called with SWITCHDEV_F_NO_RECUSE to limit switch ID user-visiblity to only
port netdevs.  So when a port is stacked under bond/bridge, the user can
only query switch id via the switch ports, but not via the upper devices

Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-12 18:43:53 -04:00
Scott Feldman
3094333d90 switchdev: introduce get/set attrs ops
Add two new swdev ops for get/set switch port attributes.  Most swdev
interactions on a port are gets or sets on port attributes, so rather than
adding ops for each attribute, let's define clean get/set ops for all
attributes, and then we can have clear, consistent rules on how attributes
propagate on stacked devs.

Add the basic algorithms for get/set attr ops.  Use the same recusive algo
to walk lower devs we've used for STP updates, for example.  For get,
compare attr value for each lower dev and only return success if attr
values match across all lower devs.  For sets, set the same attr value for
all lower devs.  We'll use a two-phase prepare-commit transaction model for
sets.  In the first phase, the driver(s) are asked if attr set is OK.  If
all OK, the commit attr set in second phase.  A driver would NACK the
prepare phase if it can't set the attr due to lack of resources or support,
within it's control.  RTNL lock must be held across both phases because
we'll recurse all lower devs first in prepare phase, and then recurse all
lower devs again in commit phase.  If any lower dev fails the prepare
phase, we need to abort the transaction for all lower devs.

If lower dev recusion isn't desired, allow a flag SWITCHDEV_F_NO_RECURSE to
indicate get/set only work on port (lowest) device.

Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-12 18:43:53 -04:00
Jiri Pirko
9d47c0a2d9 switchdev: s/swdev_/switchdev_/
Turned out that "switchdev" sticks. So just unify all related terms to use
this prefix.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-12 18:43:53 -04:00
Jiri Pirko
ebb9a03a59 switchdev: s/netdev_switch_/switchdev_/ and s/NETDEV_SWITCH_/SWITCHDEV_/
Turned out that "switchdev" sticks. So just unify all related terms to use
this prefix.

Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Signed-off-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Andy Gospodarek <gospo@cumulusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-12 18:43:52 -04:00
David Ward
a3eb95f891 net_sched: gred: add TCA_GRED_LIMIT attribute
In a GRED qdisc, if the default "virtual queue" (VQ) does not have drop
parameters configured, then packets for the default VQ are not subjected
to RED and are only dropped if the queue is larger than the net_device's
tx_queue_len. This behavior is useful for WRED mode, since these packets
will still influence the calculated average queue length and (therefore)
the drop probability for all of the other VQs. However, for some drivers
tx_queue_len is zero. In other cases the user may wish to make the limit
the same for all VQs (including the default VQ with no drop parameters).

This change adds a TCA_GRED_LIMIT attribute to set the GRED queue limit,
in bytes, during qdisc setup. (This limit is in bytes to be consistent
with the drop parameters.) The default limit is the same as for a bfifo
queue (tx_queue_len * psched_mtu). If the drop parameters of any VQ are
configured with a smaller limit than the GRED queue limit, that VQ will
still observe the smaller limit instead.

Signed-off-by: David Ward <david.ward@ll.mit.edu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-12 18:22:49 -04:00
Alexander Duyck
181edb2bfa net: Add skb_free_frag to replace use of put_page in freeing skb->head
This change adds a function called skb_free_frag which is meant to
compliment the function netdev_alloc_frag.  The general idea is to enable a
more lightweight version of page freeing since we don't actually need all
the overhead of a put_page, and we don't quite fit the model of __free_pages.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-12 10:39:26 -04:00
Alexander Duyck
b63ae8ca09 mm/net: Rename and move page fragment handling from net/ to mm/
This change moves the __alloc_page_frag functionality out of the networking
stack and into the page allocation portion of mm.  The idea it so help make
this maintainable by placing it with other page allocation functions.

Since we are moving it from skbuff.c to page_alloc.c I have also renamed
the basic defines and structure from netdev_alloc_cache to page_frag_cache
to reflect that this is now part of a different kernel subsystem.

I have also added a simple __free_page_frag function which can handle
freeing the frags based on the skb->head pointer.  The model for this is
based off of __free_pages since we don't actually need to deal with all of
the cases that put_page handles.  I incorporated the virt_to_head_page call
and compound_order into the function as it actually allows for a signficant
size reduction by reducing code duplication.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-12 10:39:26 -04:00
Alexander Duyck
0e39250845 net: Store virtual address instead of page in netdev_alloc_cache
This change makes it so that we store the virtual address of the page
in the netdev_alloc_cache instead of the page pointer.  The idea behind
this is to avoid multiple calls to page_address since the virtual address
is required for every access, but the page pointer is only needed at
allocation or reset of the page.

While I was at it I also reordered the netdev_alloc_cache structure a bit
so that the size is always 16 bytes by dropping size in the case where
PAGE_SIZE is greater than or equal to 32KB.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-12 10:39:26 -04:00
Alexander Duyck
9451980a66 net: Use cached copy of pfmemalloc to avoid accessing page
While testing I found that the testing for pfmemalloc in build_skb was
rather expensive.  I found the issue to be two-fold.  First we have to get
from the virtual address to the head page and that comes at the cost of
something like 11 cycles.  Then there is the cost for reading pfmemalloc out
of the head page which can be cache cold due to the fact that
put_page_testzero is likely invalidating the cache-line on one or more
CPUs as the fragments can be shared.

To avoid this extra expense I have added a pfmemalloc member to the
netdev_alloc_cache.  I then pushed pieces of __alloc_rx_skb into
__napi_alloc_skb and __netdev_alloc_skb so that I could rewrite them to
make use of the cached pfmemalloc value.  The result is that my perf traces
show a reduction from 9.28% overhead to 3.7% for the code covered by
build_skb, __alloc_rx_skb, and __napi_alloc_skb when performing a test with
the packet being dropped instead of being handed to napi_gro_receive.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-12 10:39:26 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
b396cca6fa net: sched: deprecate enqueue_root()
Only left enqueue_root() user is netem, and it looks not necessary :

qdisc_skb_cb(skb)->pkt_len is preserved after one skb_clone()

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-11 14:17:32 -04:00
David Ward
145a42b3a9 net_sched: gred: use correct backlog value in WRED mode
In WRED mode, the backlog for a single virtual queue (VQ) should not be
used to determine queue behavior; instead the backlog is summed across
all VQs. This sum is currently used when calculating the average queue
lengths. It also needs to be used when determining if the queue's hard
limit has been reached, or when reporting each VQ's backlog via netlink.
q->backlog will only be used if the queue switches out of WRED mode.

Signed-off-by: David Ward <david.ward@ll.mit.edu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-11 13:26:26 -04:00
Johannes Berg
658358cec9 mac80211: fix throughput LED trigger
As I was testing with hwsim, I missed that my previous commit to
make LED work depend on activation broke the code because I missed
removing the old trigger struct and some code was still using it,
now erroneously, causing crashes.

Fix this by always using the correct struct.

Reported-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Tested-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-05-11 19:16:04 +02:00
Daniel Borkmann
d2788d3488 net: sched: further simplify handle_ing
Ingress qdisc has no other purpose than calling into tc_classify()
that executes attached classifier(s) and action(s).

It has a 1:1 relationship to dev->ingress_queue. After having commit
087c1a601a ("net: sched: run ingress qdisc without locks") removed
the central ingress lock, one major contention point is gone.

The extra indirection layers however, are not necessary for calling
into ingress qdisc. pktgen calling locally into netif_receive_skb()
with a dummy u32, single CPU result on a Supermicro X10SLM-F, Xeon
E3-1240: before ~21,1 Mpps, after patch ~22,9 Mpps.

We can redirect the private classifier list to the netdev directly,
without changing any classifier API bits (!) and execute on that from
handle_ing() side. The __QDISC_STATE_DEACTIVATE test can be removed,
ingress qdisc doesn't have a queue and thus dev_deactivate_queue()
is also not applicable, ingress_cl_list provides similar behaviour.
In other words, ingress qdisc acts like TCQ_F_BUILTIN qdisc.

One next possible step is the removal of the dev's ingress (dummy)
netdev_queue, and to only have the list member in the netdevice
itself.

Note, the filter chain is RCU protected and individual filter elements
are being kfree'd by sched subsystem after RCU grace period. RCU read
lock is being held by __netif_receive_skb_core().

Joint work with Alexei Starovoitov.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-11 11:10:35 -04:00
Daniel Borkmann
c9e99fd078 net: sched: consolidate handle_ing and ing_filter
Given quite some code has been removed from ing_filter(), we can just
consolidate that function into handle_ing() and get rid of a few
instructions at the same time.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-11 11:10:34 -04:00
Eric W. Biederman
affb9792f1 net: kill sk_change_net and sk_release_kernel
These functions are no longer needed and no longer used kill them.

Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-11 10:50:18 -04:00
Eric W. Biederman
13d3078e22 netlink: Create kernel netlink sockets in the proper network namespace
Utilize the new functionality of sk_alloc so that nothing needs to be
done to suprress the reference counting on kernel sockets.

Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-11 10:50:18 -04:00
Eric W. Biederman
26abe14379 net: Modify sk_alloc to not reference count the netns of kernel sockets.
Now that sk_alloc knows when a kernel socket is being allocated modify
it to not reference count the network namespace of kernel sockets.

Keep track of if a socket needs reference counting by adding a flag to
struct sock called sk_net_refcnt.

Update all of the callers of sock_create_kern to stop using
sk_change_net and sk_release_kernel as those hacks are no longer
needed, to avoid reference counting a kernel socket.

Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-11 10:50:18 -04:00
Eric W. Biederman
11aa9c28b4 net: Pass kern from net_proto_family.create to sk_alloc
In preparation for changing how struct net is refcounted
on kernel sockets pass the knowledge that we are creating
a kernel socket from sock_create_kern through to sk_alloc.

Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-11 10:50:17 -04:00
Eric W. Biederman
eeb1bd5c40 net: Add a struct net parameter to sock_create_kern
This is long overdue, and is part of cleaning up how we allocate kernel
sockets that don't reference count struct net.

Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-11 10:50:17 -04:00
Eric W. Biederman
140e807da1 tun: Utilize the normal socket network namespace refcounting.
There is no need for tun to do the weird network namespace refcounting.
The existing network namespace refcounting in tfile has almost exactly
the same lifetime.  So rewrite the code to use the struct sock network
namespace refcounting and remove the unnecessary hand rolled network
namespace refcounting and the unncesary tfile->net.

This change allows the tun code to directly call sock_put bypassing
sock_release and making SOCK_EXTERNALLY_ALLOCATED unnecessary.

Remove the now unncessary tun_release so that if anything tries to use
the sock_release code path the kernel will oops, and let us know about
the bug.

The macvtap code already uses it's internal socket this way.

Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-11 10:50:16 -04:00
Arik Nemtsov
890b7878e4 mac80211: TDLS: use the BSS chandef for HT/VHT operation IEs
The chandef of the current channel context might be wider (though
compatible). The TDLS link cares only about the channel of the BSS.

In addition make sure to specify the VHT operation IE when VHT is supported
on a non-2.4GHz band, as required by IEEE802.11ac-2013. This is not the
same as HT-operation, to be specified only if the BSS doesn't support HT.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-05-11 14:52:15 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
47b4e1fc49 mac80211: move WEP tailroom size check
Remove checking tailroom when adding IV as it uses only
headroom, and move the check to the ICV generation that
actually needs the tailroom.

In other case I hit such warning and datapath don't work,
when testing:
- IBSS + WEP
- ath9k with hw crypt enabled
- IPv6 data (ping6)

WARNING: CPU: 3 PID: 13301 at net/mac80211/wep.c:102 ieee80211_wep_add_iv+0x129/0x190 [mac80211]()
[...]
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff817bf491>] dump_stack+0x45/0x57
[<ffffffff8107746a>] warn_slowpath_common+0x8a/0xc0
[<ffffffff8107755a>] warn_slowpath_null+0x1a/0x20
[<ffffffffc09ae109>] ieee80211_wep_add_iv+0x129/0x190 [mac80211]
[<ffffffffc09ae7ab>] ieee80211_crypto_wep_encrypt+0x6b/0xd0 [mac80211]
[<ffffffffc09d3fb1>] invoke_tx_handlers+0xc51/0xf30 [mac80211]
[...]

Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-05-11 14:51:29 +02:00
Johannes Berg
96a4688edb mac80211: check fast-xmit if IBSS STA QoS changed
When an IBSS station gets QoS enabled after having been added,
check fast-xmit to make sure the QoS header gets added to the
cache properly and frames can go out with QoS and higher rates.

Reported-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-05-11 14:01:36 +02:00
Eric Dumazet
80ba92fa1a codel: add ce_threshold attribute
For DCTCP or similar ECN based deployments on fabrics with shallow
buffers, hosts are responsible for a good part of the buffering.

This patch adds an optional ce_threshold to codel & fq_codel qdiscs,
so that DCTCP can have feedback from queuing in the host.

A DCTCP enabled egress port simply have a queue occupancy threshold
above which ECT packets get CE mark.

In codel language this translates to a sojourn time, so that one doesn't
have to worry about bytes or bandwidth but delays.

This makes the host an active participant in the health of the whole
network.

This also helps experimenting DCTCP in a setup without DCTCP compliant
fabric.

On following example, ce_threshold is set to 1ms, and we can see from
'ldelay xxx us' that TCP is not trying to go around the 5ms codel
target.

Queue has more capacity to absorb inelastic bursts (say from UDP
traffic), as queues are maintained to an optimal level.

lpaa23:~# ./tc -s -d qd sh dev eth1
qdisc mq 1: dev eth1 root
 Sent 87910654696 bytes 58065331 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 42961)
 backlog 3108242b 364p requeues 42961
qdisc codel 8063: dev eth1 parent 1:1 limit 1000p target 5.0ms ce_threshold 1.0ms interval 100.0ms
 Sent 7363778701 bytes 4863809 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 5503)
 rate 2348Mbit 193919pps backlog 255866b 46p requeues 5503
  count 0 lastcount 0 ldelay 1.0ms drop_next 0us
  maxpacket 68130 ecn_mark 0 drop_overlimit 0 ce_mark 72384
qdisc codel 8064: dev eth1 parent 1:2 limit 1000p target 5.0ms ce_threshold 1.0ms interval 100.0ms
 Sent 7636486190 bytes 5043942 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 5186)
 rate 2319Mbit 191538pps backlog 207418b 64p requeues 5186
  count 0 lastcount 0 ldelay 694us drop_next 0us
  maxpacket 68130 ecn_mark 0 drop_overlimit 0 ce_mark 69873
qdisc codel 8065: dev eth1 parent 1:3 limit 1000p target 5.0ms ce_threshold 1.0ms interval 100.0ms
 Sent 11569360142 bytes 7641602 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 5554)
 rate 3041Mbit 251096pps backlog 210446b 59p requeues 5554
  count 0 lastcount 0 ldelay 889us drop_next 0us
  maxpacket 68130 ecn_mark 0 drop_overlimit 0 ce_mark 37780
...

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Cc: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Glenn Judd <glenn.judd@morganstanley.com>
Cc: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-10 19:50:20 -04:00
Kretschmer, Mathias
fbf33a2802 af_packet / TX_RING not fully non-blocking (w/ MSG_DONTWAIT).
This patch fixes an issue where the send(MSG_DONTWAIT) call
on a TX_RING is not fully non-blocking in cases where the device's sndBuf is
full. We pass nonblock=true to sock_alloc_send_skb() and return any possibly
occuring error code (most likely EGAIN) to the caller. As the fast-path stays
as it is, we keep the unlikely() around skb == NULL.

Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-10 19:40:08 -04:00
Tom Herbert
78f5b89919 mpls: Change reserved label names to be consistent with netbsd
Since these are now visible to userspace it is nice to be consistent
with BSD (sys/netmpls/mpls.h in netBSD).

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-09 22:29:50 -04:00
Alexei Starovoitov
62f64aed62 pktgen: introduce xmit_mode '<start_xmit|netif_receive>'
Introduce xmit_mode 'netif_receive' for pktgen which generates the
packets using familiar pktgen commands, but feeds them into
netif_receive_skb() instead of ndo_start_xmit().

Default mode is called 'start_xmit'.

It is designed to test netif_receive_skb and ingress qdisc
performace only. Make sure to understand how it works before
using it for other rx benchmarking.

Sample script 'pktgen.sh':
\#!/bin/bash
function pgset() {
  local result

  echo $1 > $PGDEV

  result=`cat $PGDEV | fgrep "Result: OK:"`
  if [ "$result" = "" ]; then
    cat $PGDEV | fgrep Result:
  fi
}

[ -z "$1" ] && echo "Usage: $0 DEV" && exit 1
ETH=$1

PGDEV=/proc/net/pktgen/kpktgend_0
pgset "rem_device_all"
pgset "add_device $ETH"

PGDEV=/proc/net/pktgen/$ETH
pgset "xmit_mode netif_receive"
pgset "pkt_size 60"
pgset "dst 198.18.0.1"
pgset "dst_mac 90:e2:ba:ff:ff:ff"
pgset "count 10000000"
pgset "burst 32"

PGDEV=/proc/net/pktgen/pgctrl
echo "Running... ctrl^C to stop"
pgset "start"
echo "Done"
cat /proc/net/pktgen/$ETH

Usage:
$ sudo ./pktgen.sh eth2
...
Result: OK: 232376(c232372+d3) usec, 10000000 (60byte,0frags)
  43033682pps 20656Mb/sec (20656167360bps) errors: 10000000

Raw netif_receive_skb speed should be ~43 million packet
per second on 3.7Ghz x86 and 'perf report' should look like:
  37.69%  kpktgend_0   [kernel.vmlinux]  [k] __netif_receive_skb_core
  25.81%  kpktgend_0   [kernel.vmlinux]  [k] kfree_skb
   7.22%  kpktgend_0   [kernel.vmlinux]  [k] ip_rcv
   5.68%  kpktgend_0   [pktgen]          [k] pktgen_thread_worker

If fib_table_lookup is seen on top, it means skb was processed
by the stack. To benchmark netif_receive_skb only make sure
that 'dst_mac' of your pktgen script is different from
receiving device mac and it will be dropped by ip_rcv

Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-09 22:26:06 -04:00
Jesper Dangaard Brouer
f1f00d8ff6 pktgen: adjust flag NO_TIMESTAMP to be more pktgen compliant
Allow flag NO_TIMESTAMP to turn timestamping on again, like other flags,
with a negation of the flag like !NO_TIMESTAMP.

Also document the option flag NO_TIMESTAMP.

Fixes: afb84b6261 ("pktgen: add flag NO_TIMESTAMP to disable timestamping")
Signed-off-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-09 22:26:06 -04:00
Nicolas Dichtel
59324cf35a netlink: allow to listen "all" netns
More accurately, listen all netns that have a nsid assigned into the netns
where the netlink socket is opened.
For this purpose, a netlink socket option is added:
NETLINK_LISTEN_ALL_NSID. When this option is set on a netlink socket, this
socket will receive netlink notifications from all netns that have a nsid
assigned into the netns where the socket has been opened. The nsid is sent
to userland via an anscillary data.

With this patch, a daemon needs only one socket to listen many netns. This
is useful when the number of netns is high.

Because 0 is a valid value for a nsid, the field nsid_is_set indicates if
the field nsid is valid or not. skb->cb is initialized to 0 on skb
allocation, thus we are sure that we will never send a nsid 0 by error to
the userland.

Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-09 22:15:31 -04:00
Nicolas Dichtel
cc3a572fe6 netlink: rename private flags and states
These flags and states have the same prefix (NETLINK_) that netlink socket
options. To avoid confusion and to be able to name a flag like a socket
option, let's use an other prefix: NETLINK_[S|F]_.

Note: a comment has been fixed, it was talking about
NETLINK_RECV_NO_ENOBUFS socket option instead of NETLINK_NO_ENOBUFS.

Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-09 22:15:31 -04:00
Nicolas Dichtel
95f38411df netns: use a spin_lock to protect nsid management
Before this patch, nsid were protected by the rtnl lock. The goal of this
patch is to be able to find a nsid without needing to hold the rtnl lock.

The next patch will introduce a netlink socket option to listen to all
netns that have a nsid assigned into the netns where the socket is opened.
Thus, it's important to call rtnl_net_notifyid() outside the spinlock, to
avoid a recursive lock (nsid are notified via rtnl). This was the main
reason of the previous patch.

Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-09 22:15:31 -04:00
Nicolas Dichtel
3138dbf881 netns: notify new nsid outside __peernet2id()
There is no functional change with this patch. It will ease the refactoring
of the locking system that protects nsids and the support of the netlink
socket option NETLINK_LISTEN_ALL_NSID.

Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-09 22:15:31 -04:00
Nicolas Dichtel
7a0877d4b4 netns: rename peernet2id() to peernet2id_alloc()
In a following commit, a new function will be introduced to only lookup for
a nsid (no allocation if the nsid doesn't exist). To avoid confusion, the
existing function is renamed.

Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-09 22:15:30 -04:00
Nicolas Dichtel
cab3c8ec8d netns: always provide the id to rtnl_net_fill()
The goal of this commit is to prepare the rework of the locking of nsnid
protection.
After this patch, rtnl_net_notifyid() will not call anymore __peernet2id(),
ie no idr_* operation into this function.

Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-09 22:15:30 -04:00
Nicolas Dichtel
109582af18 netns: returns always an id in __peernet2id()
All callers of this function expect a nsid, not an error.
Thus, returns NETNSA_NSID_NOT_ASSIGNED in case of error so that callers
don't have to convert the error to NETNSA_NSID_NOT_ASSIGNED.

Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-09 22:15:30 -04:00
Jason Baron
790ba4566c tcp: set SOCK_NOSPACE under memory pressure
Under tcp memory pressure, calling epoll_wait() in edge triggered
mode after -EAGAIN, can result in an indefinite hang in epoll_wait(),
even when there is sufficient memory available to continue making
progress. The problem is that when __sk_mem_schedule() returns 0
under memory pressure, we do not set the SOCK_NOSPACE flag in the
tcp write paths (tcp_sendmsg() or do_tcp_sendpages()). Then, since
SOCK_NOSPACE is used to trigger wakeups when incoming acks create
sufficient new space in the write queue, all outstanding packets
are acked, but we never wake up with the the EPOLLOUT that we are
expecting from epoll_wait().

This issue is currently limited to epoll() when used in edge trigger
mode, since 'tcp_poll()', does in fact currently set SOCK_NOSPACE.
This is sufficient for poll()/select() and epoll() in level trigger
mode. However, in edge trigger mode, epoll() is relying on the write
path to set SOCK_NOSPACE. EPOLL(7) says that in edge-trigger mode we
can only call epoll_wait() after read/write return -EAGAIN. Thus, in
the case of the socket write, we are relying on the fact that
tcp_sendmsg()/network write paths are going to issue a wakeup for
us at some point in the future when we get -EAGAIN.

Normally, epoll() edge trigger works fine when we've exceeded the
sk->sndbuf because in that case we do set SOCK_NOSPACE. However, when
we return -EAGAIN from the write path b/c we are over the tcp memory
limits and not b/c we are over the sndbuf, we are never going to get
another wakeup.

I can reproduce this issue, using SO_SNDBUF, since __sk_mem_schedule()
will return 0, or failure more readily with SO_SNDBUF:

1) create socket and set SO_SNDBUF to N
2) add socket as edge trigger
3) write to socket and block in epoll on -EAGAIN
4) cause tcp mem pressure via: echo "<small val>" > net.ipv4.tcp_mem

The fix here is simply to set SOCK_NOSPACE in sk_stream_wait_memory()
when the socket is non-blocking. Note that SOCK_NOSPACE, in addition
to waking up outstanding waiters is also used to expand the size of
the sk->sndbuf. However, we will not expand it by setting it in this
case because tcp_should_expand_sndbuf(), ensures that no expansion
occurs when we are under tcp memory pressure.

Note that we could still hang if sk->sk_wmem_queue is 0, when we get
the -EAGAIN. In this case the SOCK_NOSPACE bit will not help, since we
are waiting for and event that will never happen. I believe
that this case is harder to hit (and did not hit in my testing),
in that over the tcp 'soft' memory limits, we continue to guarantee a
minimum write buffer size. Perhaps, we could return -ENOSPC in this
case, or maybe we simply issue a wakeup in this case, such that we
keep retrying the write. Note that this case is not specific to
epoll() ET, but rather would affect blocking sockets as well. So I
view this patch as bringing epoll() edge-trigger into sync with the
current poll()/select()/epoll() level trigger and blocking sockets
behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@akamai.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-09 17:38:36 -04:00
Daniel Borkmann
ac67eb2c53 seccomp, filter: add and use bpf_prog_create_from_user from seccomp
Seccomp has always been a special candidate when it comes to preparation
of its filters in seccomp_prepare_filter(). Due to the extra checks and
filter rewrite it partially duplicates code and has BPF internals exposed.

This patch adds a generic API inside the BPF code code that seccomp can use
and thus keep it's filter preparation code minimal and better maintainable.
The other side-effect is that now classic JITs can add seccomp support as
well by only providing a BPF_LDX | BPF_W | BPF_ABS translation.

Tested with seccomp and BPF test suites.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Nicolas Schichan <nschichan@freebox.fr>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Cc: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-09 17:35:05 -04:00
Daniel Borkmann
658da9379d net: filter: add __GFP_NOWARN flag for larger kmem allocs
When seccomp BPF was added, it was discussed to add __GFP_NOWARN
flag for their configuration path as f.e. up to 32K allocations are
more prone to fail under stress. As we're going to reuse BPF API,
add __GFP_NOWARN flags where larger kmalloc() and friends allocations
could fail.

It doesn't make much sense to pass around __GFP_NOWARN everywhere as
an extra argument only for seccomp while we just as well could run
into similar issues for socket filters, where it's not desired to
have a user application throw a WARN() due to allocation failure.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Nicolas Schichan <nschichan@freebox.fr>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Cc: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-09 17:35:05 -04:00
Nicolas Schichan
d9e12f42e5 seccomp: simplify seccomp_prepare_filter and reuse bpf_prepare_filter
Remove the calls to bpf_check_classic(), bpf_convert_filter() and
bpf_migrate_runtime() and let bpf_prepare_filter() take care of that
instead.

seccomp_check_filter() is passed to bpf_prepare_filter() so that it
gets called from there, after bpf_check_classic().

We can now remove exposure of two internal classic BPF functions
previously used by seccomp. The export of bpf_check_classic() symbol,
previously known as sk_chk_filter(), was there since pre git times,
and no in-tree module was using it, therefore remove it.

Joint work with Daniel Borkmann.

Signed-off-by: Nicolas Schichan <nschichan@freebox.fr>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Cc: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-09 17:35:05 -04:00
Nicolas Schichan
4ae92bc77a net: filter: add a callback to allow classic post-verifier transformations
This is in preparation for use by the seccomp code, the rationale is
not to duplicate additional code within the seccomp layer, but instead,
have it abstracted and hidden within the classic BPF API.

As an interim step, this now also makes bpf_prepare_filter() visible
(not as exported symbol though), so that seccomp can reuse that code
path instead of reimplementing it.

Joint work with Daniel Borkmann.

Signed-off-by: Nicolas Schichan <nschichan@freebox.fr>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Cc: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-09 17:35:05 -04:00
David S. Miller
0e00a0f73f Lots of updates for net-next for this cycle. As usual, we have
a lot of small fixes and cleanups, the bigger items are:
  * proper mac80211 rate control locking, to fix some random crashes
    (this required changing other locking as well)
  * mac80211 "fast-xmit", a mechanism to reduce, in most cases, the
    amount of code we execute while going from ndo_start_xmit() to
    the driver
  * this also clears the way for properly supporting S/G and checksum
    and segmentation offloads
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQIcBAABCAAGBQJVSh65AAoJEDBSmw7B7bqrudwP/0iXyNQhF0mLTENrx+rdsDZS
 qQhB/8wejJaOJb89Re7M+bhwri7Q6S5BM/G24vhMc01dxmqNMcdKfEV3+nlmc5C+
 KeEgTI9aZiCnUt4WAd54Zwbkc9o+1kBtaFuaWDvOdQHUf0WDwEIQxjnV4+SZujV9
 xl1TV5yV35hRQgrDE8ZSbtOYRmhSVoi0MEgwqAjzdN2fEPyWVeqwYULDtpOopjL2
 UHQgv0E2fYVRWennHyQQ88tWBQg+EsRaG1U1/rYHhNBmAJ+f9AOxKi7ErzxYfkbM
 961B+3E++pM+zUeqw6+jaMKqT5jeCCM5ugCNSG4NrIvfxDIDgecAFV9Fs2islnI4
 8xd3GqyA5iqaitAWIUsaYaQfaAcwSIlpSinfQW9EUm2wuCkPyZboFP+GRd2K7sQn
 FnRJSJ9PkGPdWwdDE3gunLHBHtbDS0z+R8VegIeS0qT8LamkqICiNQSyPlsTeluW
 ig2kwHsDdj3k11wyelhfp/RdtsOch/brKpLSjdzPXC1BzIWhQLwmsPh9qZ83vSB9
 qbLsdnM/IPQXocWB6fOhmwaGsLeRalxs2yQFM0zdJCwpaU9dzKsJrxepAXVuq31p
 r0fygWTp8GVevHXzfS7fRya8xjsTRrSs6n2kH7ErOfiep13HQypAjbyLswNe4kW/
 D6x8pVC3AhdGkl/9CW4m
 =oUlh
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'mac80211-next-for-davem-2015-05-06' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211-next

Johannes Berg says:

====================
Lots of updates for net-next for this cycle. As usual, we have
a lot of small fixes and cleanups, the bigger items are:
 * proper mac80211 rate control locking, to fix some random crashes
   (this required changing other locking as well)
 * mac80211 "fast-xmit", a mechanism to reduce, in most cases, the
   amount of code we execute while going from ndo_start_xmit() to
   the driver
 * this also clears the way for properly supporting S/G and checksum
   and segmentation offloads
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-09 17:27:25 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
e520af48c7 tcp: add TCPWinProbe and TCPKeepAlive SNMP counters
Diagnosing problems related to Window Probes has been hard because
we lack a counter.

TCPWinProbe counts the number of ACK packets a sender has to send
at regular intervals to make sure a reverse ACK packet opening back
a window had not been lost.

TCPKeepAlive counts the number of ACK packets sent to keep TCP
flows alive (SO_KEEPALIVE)

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Acked-by: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-09 16:42:32 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
21c8fe9915 tcp: adjust window probe timers to safer values
With the advent of small rto timers in datacenter TCP,
(ip route ... rto_min x), the following can happen :

1) Qdisc is full, transmit fails.

   TCP sets a timer based on icsk_rto to retry the transmit, without
   exponential backoff.
   With low icsk_rto, and lot of sockets, all cpus are servicing timer
   interrupts like crazy.
   Intent of the code was to retry with a timer between 200 (TCP_RTO_MIN)
   and 500ms (TCP_RESOURCE_PROBE_INTERVAL)

2) Receivers can send zero windows if they don't drain their receive queue.

   TCP sends zero window probes, based on icsk_rto current value, with
   exponential backoff.
   With /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_retries2 being 15 (or even smaller in
   some cases), sender can abort in less than one or two minutes !
   If receiver stops the sender, it obviously doesn't care of very tight
   rto. Probability of dropping the ACK reopening the window is not
   worth the risk.

Lets change the base timer to be at least 200ms (TCP_RTO_MIN) for these
events (but not normal RTO based retransmits)

A followup patch adds a new SNMP counter, as it would have helped a lot
diagnosing this issue.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-09 16:42:32 -04:00
Richard Alpe
b063bc5ea7 tipc: send explicit not supported error in nl compat
The legacy netlink API treated EPERM (permission denied) as
"operation not supported".

Reported-by: Tomi Ollila <tomi.ollila@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Richard Alpe <richard.alpe@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-09 16:40:03 -04:00
Richard Alpe
670f4f8818 tipc: add broadcast link window set/get to nl api
Add the ability to get or set the broadcast link window through the
new netlink API. The functionality was unintentionally missing from
the new netlink API. Adding this means that we also fix the breakage
in the old API when coming through the compat layer.

Fixes: 37e2d4843f (tipc: convert legacy nl link prop set to nl compat)
Reported-by: Tomi Ollila <tomi.ollila@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Richard Alpe <richard.alpe@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-09 16:40:02 -04:00
Richard Alpe
c3d6fb85b2 tipc: fix default link prop regression in nl compat
Default link properties can be set for media or bearer. This
functionality was missed when introducing the NL compatibility layer.

This patch implements this functionality in the compat netlink
layer. It works the same way as it did in the old API. We search for
media and bearers matching the "link name". If we find a matching
media or bearer the link tolerance, priority or window is used as
default for new links on that media or bearer.

Fixes: 37e2d4843f (tipc: convert legacy nl link prop set to nl compat)
Reported-by: Tomi Ollila <tomi.ollila@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Richard Alpe <richard.alpe@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Erik Hugne <erik.hugne@ericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-09 16:40:02 -04:00
WANG Cong
d744318574 net_sched: fix a use-after-free in tc_ctl_tfilter()
When tcf_destroy() returns true, tp could be already destroyed,
we should not use tp->next after that.

For long term, we probably should move tp list to list_head.

Fixes: 1e052be69d ("net_sched: destroy proto tp when all filters are gone")
Cc: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Cong Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-09 16:14:04 -04:00
Andrew Lunn
448b4482c6 net: dsa: Add lockdep class to tx queues to avoid lockdep splat
DSA stacks an Ethernet device on top of an Ethernet device. This can
cause false positive lockdep splats for the transmit queue:
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>

=============================================
[ INFO: possible recursive locking detected ]
4.0.0-rc7-01838-g70621a215fc7 #386 Not tainted
---------------------------------------------
kworker/0:0/4 is trying to acquire lock:
 (_xmit_ETHER#2){+.-...}, at: [<c040e95c>] sch_direct_xmit+0xa8/0x1fc

but task is already holding lock:
 (_xmit_ETHER#2){+.-...}, at: [<c03f4208>] __dev_queue_xmit+0x4d4/0x56c

other info that might help us debug this:
 Possible unsafe locking scenario:

       CPU0
       ----
  lock(_xmit_ETHER#2);
  lock(_xmit_ETHER#2);

To avoid this, walk the tq queues of the dsa slaves and set a lockdep
class.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-09 16:05:54 -04:00
Sowmini Varadhan
c82ac7e69e net/rds: RDS-TCP: only initiate reconnect attempt on outgoing TCP socket.
When the peer of an RDS-TCP connection restarts, a reconnect
attempt should only be made from the active side  of the TCP
connection, i.e. the side that has a transient TCP port
number. Do not add the passive side of the TCP connection
to the c_hash_node and thus avoid triggering rds_queue_reconnect()
for passive rds connections.

Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-09 16:03:28 -04:00
Sowmini Varadhan
f711a6ae06 net/rds: RDS-TCP: Always create a new rds_sock for an incoming connection.
When running RDS over TCP, the active (client) side connects to the
listening ("passive") side at the RDS_TCP_PORT.  After the connection
is established, if the client side reboots (potentially without even
sending a FIN) the server still has a TCP socket in the esablished
state.  If the server-side now gets a new SYN comes from the client
with a different client port, TCP will create a new socket-pair, but
the RDS layer will incorrectly pull up the old rds_connection (which
is still associated with the stale t_sock and RDS socket state).

This patch corrects this behavior by having rds_tcp_accept_one()
always create a new connection for an incoming TCP SYN.
The rds and tcp state associated with the old socket-pair is cleaned
up via the rds_tcp_state_change() callback which would typically be
invoked in most cases when the client-TCP sends a FIN on TCP restart,
triggering a transition to CLOSE_WAIT state. In the rarer event of client
death without a FIN, TCP_KEEPALIVE probes on the socket will detect
the stale socket, and the TCP transition to CLOSE state will trigger
the RDS state cleanup.

Signed-off-by: Sowmini Varadhan <sowmini.varadhan@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-09 16:03:27 -04:00
Markus Stenberg
e16e888b52 ipv6: Fixed source specific default route handling.
If there are only IPv6 source specific default routes present, the
host gets -ENETUNREACH on e.g. connect() because ip6_dst_lookup_tail
calls ip6_route_output first, and given source address any, it fails,
and ip6_route_get_saddr is never called.

The change is to use the ip6_route_get_saddr, even if the initial
ip6_route_output fails, and then doing ip6_route_output _again_ after
we have appropriate source address available.

Note that this is '99% fix' to the problem; a correct fix would be to
do route lookups only within addrconf.c when picking a source address,
and never call ip6_route_output before source address has been
populated.

Signed-off-by: Markus Stenberg <markus.stenberg@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-09 15:58:41 -04:00
David S. Miller
0a801445db Merge branch 'for-upstream' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/bluetooth/bluetooth
Johan Hedberg says:

====================
Here are a couple of important Bluetooth & mac802154 fixes for 4.1:

 - mac802154 fix for crypto algorithm allocation failure checking
 - mac802154 wpan phy leak fix for error code path
 - Fix for not calling Bluetooth shutdown() if interface is not up

Let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-09 15:51:00 -04:00
Tommi Rantala
f30bf2a5ca ipvs: fix memory leak in ip_vs_ctl.c
Fix memory leak introduced in commit a0840e2e16 ("IPVS: netns,
ip_vs_ctl local vars moved to ipvs struct."):

unreferenced object 0xffff88005785b800 (size 2048):
  comm "(-localed)", pid 1434, jiffies 4294755650 (age 1421.089s)
  hex dump (first 32 bytes):
    bb 89 0b 83 ff ff ff ff b0 78 f0 4e 00 88 ff ff  .........x.N....
    04 00 00 00 a4 01 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00  ................
  backtrace:
    [<ffffffff8262ea8e>] kmemleak_alloc+0x4e/0xb0
    [<ffffffff811fba74>] __kmalloc_track_caller+0x244/0x430
    [<ffffffff811b88a0>] kmemdup+0x20/0x50
    [<ffffffff823276b7>] ip_vs_control_net_init+0x1f7/0x510
    [<ffffffff8231d630>] __ip_vs_init+0x100/0x250
    [<ffffffff822363a1>] ops_init+0x41/0x190
    [<ffffffff82236583>] setup_net+0x93/0x150
    [<ffffffff82236cc2>] copy_net_ns+0x82/0x140
    [<ffffffff810ab13d>] create_new_namespaces+0xfd/0x190
    [<ffffffff810ab49a>] unshare_nsproxy_namespaces+0x5a/0xc0
    [<ffffffff810833e3>] SyS_unshare+0x173/0x310
    [<ffffffff8265cbd7>] system_call_fastpath+0x12/0x6f
    [<ffffffffffffffff>] 0xffffffffffffffff

Fixes: a0840e2e16 ("IPVS: netns, ip_vs_ctl local vars moved to ipvs struct.")
Signed-off-by: Tommi Rantala <tt.rantala@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
2015-05-08 17:58:54 +09:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
bf45a24243 mac80211: adjust reserved chan_ctx when assigned to vif
When a vif starts using a reserved channel context (during CSA, for example)
the required chandef was recalculated, however it was never applied.
This could result in using chanctx with narrower width than actually
required. Fix this by calling ieee80211_change_chanctx with the recalculated
chandef. This both changes the chanctx's width and recalcs min_def.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-05-07 14:24:52 +02:00
Johannes Berg
bbbe8c8c59 mac80211: add missing documentation for rate_ctrl_lock
This was missed in the previous patch, add some documentation
for rate_ctrl_lock to avoid docbook warnings.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-05-06 16:00:32 +02:00
Arik Nemtsov
06f207fc54 cfg80211: change GO_CONCURRENT to IR_CONCURRENT for STA
The GO_CONCURRENT regulatory definition can be extended to station
interfaces requesting to IR as part of TDLS off-channel operations.
Rename the GO_CONCURRENT flag to IR_CONCURRENT and allow the added
use-case.

Change internal users of GO_CONCURRENT to use the new definition.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-05-06 15:50:02 +02:00
Avraham Stern
be69c24a18 cfg80211: Allow GO concurrent relaxation after BSS disconnection
If a P2P GO was allowed on a channel because of the GO concurrent
relaxation, i.e., another station interface was associated to an AP on
the same channel or the same UNII band, and the station interface
disconnected from the AP, allow the following use cases unless the
channel is marked as indoor only and the device is not operating in an
indoor environment:

1. Allow the P2P GO to stay on its current channel. The rationale behind
   this is that if the channel or UNII band were allowed by the AP they
   could still be used to continue the P2P GO operation, and avoid connection
   breakage.
2. Allow another P2P GO to start on the same channel or another channel
   that is in the same UNII band as the previous instantiated P2P GO.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-05-06 14:47:28 +02:00
Johannes Berg
e3a55b5399 mac80211: validate cipher scheme PN length better
Currently, a cipher scheme can advertise an arbitrarily long
sequence counter, but mac80211 only supports up to 16 bytes
and the initial value from userspace will be truncated.

Fix two things:
 * don't allow the driver to register anything longer than
   the 16 bytes that mac80211 reserves space for
 * require userspace to specify a starting value with the
   correct length (or none at all)

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-05-06 13:30:00 +02:00
Johannes Berg
a31cf1c69e mac80211: extend get_key() to return PN for all ciphers
For ciphers not supported by mac80211, the function currently
doesn't return any PN data. Fix this by extending the driver's
get_key_seq() a little more to allow moving arbitrary PN data.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-05-06 13:30:00 +02:00
Johannes Berg
9352c19f63 mac80211: extend get_tkip_seq to all keys
Extend the function to read the TKIP IV32/IV16 to read the IV/PN for
all ciphers in order to allow drivers with full hardware crypto to
properly support this.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-05-06 13:29:59 +02:00
Eric Dumazet
31ccd0e66d tcp_westwood: fix tcp_westwood_info()
I forgot to update tcp_westwood when changing get_info() behavior,
this patch should fix this.

Fixes: 64f40ff5bb ("tcp: prepare CC get_info() access from getsockopt()")
Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-05 19:50:09 -04:00
Tom Herbert
c967a0873a mpls: Move reserved label definitions
Move to include/uapi/linux/mpls.h to be externally visibile.

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-05 19:40:36 -04:00
Alexander Duyck
6713fc9b8f openvswitch: Use eth_proto_is_802_3
Replace "ntohs(proto) >= ETH_P_802_3_MIN" w/ eth_proto_is_802_3(proto).

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-05 19:24:42 -04:00
Alexander Duyck
d181ddca89 ipv4/ip_tunnel_core: Use eth_proto_is_802_3
Replace "ntohs(proto) >= ETH_P_802_3_MIN" w/ eth_proto_is_802_3(proto).

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-05 19:24:42 -04:00
Alexander Duyck
27cf6a6e69 ebtables: Use eth_proto_is_802_3
Replace "ntohs(proto) >= ETH_P_802_3_MIN" w/ eth_proto_is_802_3(proto).

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-05 19:24:42 -04:00
Alexander Duyck
2c7a88c252 etherdev: Fix sparse error, make test usable by other functions
This change does two things.  First it fixes a sparse error for the fact
that the __be16 degrades to an integer.  Since that is actually what I am
kind of doing I am simply working around that by forcing both sides of the
comparison to u16.

Also I realized on some compilers I was generating another instruction for
big endian systems such as PowerPC since it was masking the value before
doing the comparison.  So to resolve that I have simply pulled the mask out
and wrapped it in an #ifndef __BIG_ENDIAN.

Lastly I pulled this all out into its own function.  I notices there are
similar checks in a number of other places so this function can be reused
there to help reduce overhead in these paths as well.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-05 19:24:42 -04:00
Bernhard Thaler
784b58a327 bridge: change BR_GROUPFWD_RESTRICTED to allow forwarding of LLDP frames
BR_GROUPFWD_RESTRICTED bitmask restricts users from setting values to
/sys/class/net/brX/bridge/group_fwd_mask that allow forwarding of
some IEEE 802.1D Table 7-10 Reserved addresses:

	(MAC Control) 802.3		01-80-C2-00-00-01
	(Link Aggregation) 802.3	01-80-C2-00-00-02
	802.1AB LLDP			01-80-C2-00-00-0E

Change BR_GROUPFWD_RESTRICTED to allow to forward LLDP frames and document
group_fwd_mask.

e.g.
   echo 16384 > /sys/class/net/brX/bridge/group_fwd_mask
allows to forward LLDP frames.

This may be needed for bridge setups used for network troubleshooting or
any other scenario where forwarding of LLDP frames is desired (e.g. bridge
connecting a virtual machine to real switch transmitting LLDP frames that
virtual machine needs to receive).

Tested on a simple bridge setup with two interfaces and host transmitting
LLDP frames on one side of this bridge (used lldpd). Setting group_fwd_mask
as described above lets LLDP frames traverse bridge.

Signed-off-by: Bernhard Thaler <bernhard.thaler@wvnet.at>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-05 19:20:28 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
cd8ae85299 tcp: provide SYN headers for passive connections
This patch allows a server application to get the TCP SYN headers for
its passive connections.  This is useful if the server is doing
fingerprinting of clients based on SYN packet contents.

Two socket options are added: TCP_SAVE_SYN and TCP_SAVED_SYN.

The first is used on a socket to enable saving the SYN headers
for child connections. This can be set before or after the listen()
call.

The latter is used to retrieve the SYN headers for passive connections,
if the parent listener has enabled TCP_SAVE_SYN.

TCP_SAVED_SYN is read once, it frees the saved SYN headers.

The data returned in TCP_SAVED_SYN are network (IPv4/IPv6) and TCP
headers.

Original patch was written by Tom Herbert, I changed it to not hold
a full skb (and associated dst and conntracking reference).

We have used such patch for about 3 years at Google.

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Acked-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Tested-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-05 16:02:34 -04:00
Johannes Berg
f603f1f342 mac80211: remove useless skb->encapsulation check
No current (and planned, as far as I know) wifi devices support
encapsulation checksum offload, so remove the useless test here.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-05-05 15:25:33 +02:00
Johannes Berg
8d5c258568 mac80211: make LED triggering depend on activation
When LED triggers are compiled in, but not used, mac80211 will still
call them to update the status. This isn't really a problem for the
assoc and radio ones, but the TX/RX (and to a certain extend TPT)
ones can be called very frequently (for every packet.)

In order to avoid that when they're not used, track their activation
and call the corresponding trigger (and in the TPT case, account for
throughput) only when the trigger is actually used by an LED.

Additionally, make those trigger functions inlines since theyre only
used once in the remaining code.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-05-05 14:21:56 +02:00
Johannes Berg
f5c4ae0799 mac80211: make LED trigger names const
This is just a code cleanup, make the LED trigger names const
as they're not expected to be modified by drivers.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-05-05 14:21:55 +02:00
Johannes Berg
56ff51084e mac80211: clean up station debugfs
Remove items that can be retrieved through nl80211. This also
removes two items (tx_packets and tx_bytes) where only the VO
counter was exposed since they are split up per AC but in the
debugfs file only the first AC was shown.

Also remove the useless "dev" file - the stations have long
been in a sub-directory of the netdev so there's no need for
that any more.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-05-05 14:21:55 +02:00
Johannes Berg
f83f1c129a mac80211: remove sta->tx_fragments counter
This counter is unsafe with concurrent TX and is only exposed
through debugfs and ethtool. Instead of trying to fix it just
remove it for now, if it's really needed then it should be
exposed through nl80211 and in a way that drivers that do the
fragmentation in the device could support it as well.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-05-05 14:21:55 +02:00
Johannes Berg
c206ca6709 mac80211: move dot11 counters under MAC80211_DEBUG_COUNTERS
Since these counters can only be read through debugfs, there's
very little point in maintaining them all the time. However,
even just making them depend on debugfs is pointless - they're
not normally used. Additionally a number of them aren't even
concurrency safe.

Move them under MAC80211_DEBUG_COUNTERS so they're normally
not even compiled in.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-05-05 14:21:54 +02:00
Johannes Berg
f1160434c7 mac80211: clean up global debugfs statistics
The debugfs statistics macros are pointlessly verbose, so change
that macro to just have a single argument. While at it, remove
the unused counters and rename rx_expand_skb_head2 to the better
rx_expand_skb_head_defrag.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2015-05-05 14:21:54 +02:00
Li RongQing
de2ad486cb xfrm: move the checking for old xfrm_policy hold_queue to beginning
if hold_queue of old xfrm_policy is NULL, return directly, then not need to
run other codes, especially take the spin lock

Signed-off-by: Li RongQing <roy.qing.li@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
2015-05-05 09:27:01 +02:00
Li RongQing
586f2eb416 xfrm: remove the unnecessary checking before call xfrm_pol_hold
xfrm_pol_hold will check its input with NULL

Signed-off-by: Li RongQing <roy.qing.li@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
2015-05-05 09:27:00 +02:00
Linus Lüssing
fcba67c94a net: fix two sparse warnings introduced by IGMP/MLD parsing exports
> net/core/skbuff.c:4108:13: sparse: incorrect type in assignment (different base types)
> net/ipv6/mcast_snoop.c:63 ipv6_mc_check_exthdrs() warn: unsigned 'offset' is never less than zero.

Introduced by 9afd85c9e4
("net: Export IGMP/MLD message validation code")

Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@c0d3.blue>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-04 19:19:54 -04:00
David S. Miller
b7ba7b469a We have only a few fixes right now:
* a fix for an issue with hash collision handling in the
    rhashtable conversion
  * a merge issue - rhashtable removed default shrinking
    just before mac80211 was converted, so enable it now
  * remove an invalid WARN that can trigger with legitimate
    userspace behaviour
  * add a struct member missing from kernel-doc that caused
    a lot of warnings
 -----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
 
 iQIcBAABCAAGBQJVR1FIAAoJEDBSmw7B7bqrbkQP/RPleNMLHNOLRoJva6vNVers
 hiyLwG+lpV9yHCUX1I7TsvyTHddjW3ANNC1LvlKyUiNzBBsr/Yg/Qe1RVGkRTK7E
 ZPTU7xutk2nSLjvbVLjTQtIAynKZM6W9vM3X16WtsZ9+25z4e8jN8BjhzP99Vs7X
 IkwL7Qe2q1O/ta+/ByVR4dFWtGyJDxRjXkFs4cQ/VdL/fJalKxIa9YJrmUwIBMOU
 UIuJ1lh7kkNFGky+4Y3dBA/2L+O/iS64dxe+ygLMJGf9xdGGHwyuM6oe6OKEKPi1
 pF0NIWgHRGOUEJNyUKZTOwCyk1PeOr9aFFDHN4GJyE463KzZqVYdA4ajI6udwL2h
 I/AjsBnM0zQcoBD8HUeJK2ZgndPxOrMZGVjs0/M3K9lFocYBALoLkt5YPD1PXOZs
 9EQ8mhej3/xbwyEaaAp+HJPOr/wLZ//juxsPP8HSR1BDm8cR40rd9rETEGWnmrxt
 5vpmb2vNpKekw+pKf2vwuEH6BwH02nuz4YPudTswiEzObEQAuGx+rpopQVI9bdgE
 V/r3WY0cl+bDMrcSpoZ7v6FDoHHA/zPq9aAAV0JsMyYApY0nMdqwShBJq5cTSoK9
 rK5I6oIbqChskpoWULUVbbjb1fLsNVI4C89KjxW8xziTEY1d2fEeeJ2tR0lYBX/5
 /KOygSze3Qi0MjrdE9D2
 =sf/A
 -----END PGP SIGNATURE-----

Merge tag 'mac80211-for-davem-2015-05-04' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jberg/mac80211

Johannes Berg says:

====================
We have only a few fixes right now:
 * a fix for an issue with hash collision handling in the
   rhashtable conversion
 * a merge issue - rhashtable removed default shrinking
   just before mac80211 was converted, so enable it now
 * remove an invalid WARN that can trigger with legitimate
   userspace behaviour
 * add a struct member missing from kernel-doc that caused
   a lot of warnings
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-04 16:00:55 -04:00
David S. Miller
73e84313ee Merge branch 'for-upstream' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/bluetooth/bluetooth-next
Johan Hedberg says:

====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-05-04

Here's the first bluetooth-next pull request for 4.2:

 - Various fixes for at86rf230 driver
 - ieee802154: trace events support for rdev->ops
 - HCI UART driver refactoring
 - New Realtek IDs added to btusb driver
 - Off-by-one fix for rtl8723b in btusb driver
 - Refactoring of btbcm driver for both UART & USB use

Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-04 15:36:07 -04:00
David Ahern
e2783717a7 net/rds: Fix new sparse warning
c0adf54a10 introduced new sparse warnings:
  CHECK   /home/dahern/kernels/linux.git/net/rds/ib_cm.c
net/rds/ib_cm.c:191:34: warning: incorrect type in initializer (different base types)
net/rds/ib_cm.c:191:34:    expected unsigned long long [unsigned] [usertype] dp_ack_seq
net/rds/ib_cm.c:191:34:    got restricted __be64 <noident>
net/rds/ib_cm.c:194:51: warning: cast to restricted __be64

The temporary variable for sequence number should have been declared as __be64
rather than u64. Make it so.

Signed-off-by: David Ahern <david.ahern@oracle.com>
Cc: shamir rabinovitch <shamir.rabinovitch@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-04 15:23:06 -04:00
Ying Xue
90bdfcb76f tipc: deal with return value of tipc_conn_new callback
Once tipc_conn_new() returns NULL, the connection should be shut
down immediately, otherwise, oops may happen due to the NULL pointer.

Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-04 15:04:01 -04:00
Ying Xue
a13683f292 tipc: adjust locking policy of subscription
Currently subscriber's lock protects not only subscriber's subscription
list but also all subscriptions linked into the list. However, as all
members of subscription are never changed after they are initialized,
it's unnecessary for subscription to be protected under subscriber's
lock. If the lock is used to only protect subscriber's subscription
list, the adjustment not only makes the locking policy simpler, but
also helps to avoid a deadlock which may happen once creating a
subscription is failed.

Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-04 15:04:01 -04:00
Ying Xue
00bc00a938 tipc: involve reference counter for subscriber
At present subscriber's lock is used to protect the subscription list
of subscriber as well as subscriptions linked into the list. While one
or all subscriptions are deleted through iterating the list, the
subscriber's lock must be held. Meanwhile, as deletion of subscription
may happen in subscription timer's handler, the lock must be grabbed
in the function as well. When subscription's timer is terminated with
del_timer_sync() during above iteration, subscriber's lock has to be
temporarily released, otherwise, deadlock may occur. However, the
temporary release may cause the double free of a subscription as the
subscription is not disconnected from the subscription list.

Now if a reference counter is introduced to subscriber, subscription's
timer can be asynchronously stopped with del_timer(). As a result, the
issue is not only able to be fixed, but also relevant code is pretty
readable and understandable.

Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-04 15:04:01 -04:00
Ying Xue
1b764828ad tipc: introduce tipc_subscrb_create routine
Introducing a new function makes the purpose of tipc_subscrb_connect_cb
callback routine more clear.

Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-04 15:04:01 -04:00
Ying Xue
57f1d1868f tipc: rename functions defined in subscr.c
When a topology server accepts a connection request from its client,
it allocates a connection instance and a tipc_subscriber structure
object. The former is used to communicate with client, and the latter
is often treated as a subscriber which manages all subscription events
requested from a same client. When a topology server receives a request
of subscribing name services from a client through the connection, it
creates a tipc_subscription structure instance which is seen as a
subscription recording what name services are subscribed. In order to
manage all subscriptions from a same client, topology server links
them into the subscrp_list of the subscriber. So subscriber and
subscription completely represents different meanings respectively,
but function names associated with them make us so confused that we
are unable to easily tell which function is against subscriber and
which is to subscription. So we want to eliminate the confusion by
renaming them.

Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-04 15:04:00 -04:00
Vlad Yasevich
d66bf7dd27 net: core: Correct an over-stringent device loop detection.
The code in __netdev_upper_dev_link() has an over-stringent
loop detection logic that actually prevents valid configurations
from working correctly.

In particular, the logic returns an error if an upper device
is already in the list of all upper devices for a given dev.
This particular check seems to be a overzealous as it disallows
perfectly valid configurations.  For example:
  # ip l a link eth0 name eth0.10 type vlan id 10
  # ip l a dev br0 typ bridge
  # ip l s eth0.10 master br0
  # ip l s eth0 master br0  <--- Will fail

If you switch the last two commands (add eth0 first), then both
will succeed.  If after that, you remove eth0 and try to re-add
it, it will fail!

It appears to be enough to simply check adj_list to keeps things
safe.

I've tried stacking multiple devices multiple times in all different
combinations, and either rx_handler registration prevented the stacking
of the device linking cought the error.

Signed-off-by: Vladislav Yasevich <vyasevic@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
Acked-by: Veaceslav Falico <vfalico@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-04 14:57:59 -04:00
Linus Lüssing
9afd85c9e4 net: Export IGMP/MLD message validation code
With this patch, the IGMP and MLD message validation functions are moved
from the bridge code to IPv4/IPv6 multicast files. Some small
refactoring was done to enhance readibility and to iron out some
differences in behaviour between the IGMP and MLD parsing code (e.g. the
skb-cloning of MLD messages is now only done if necessary, just like the
IGMP part always did).

Finally, these IGMP and MLD message validation functions are exported so
that not only the bridge can use it but batman-adv later, too.

Signed-off-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@c0d3.blue>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-04 14:49:23 -04:00
Linus Lüssing
3c9e4f8700 bridge: multicast: call skb_checksum_{simple_, }validate
Let's use these new, neat helpers.

Signed-off-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@c0d3.blue>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-04 14:49:22 -04:00
Jamal Hadi Salim
c19ae86a51 tc: remove unused redirect ttl
improves ingress+u32 performance from 22.4 Mpps to 22.9 Mpps

Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <brouer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-04 12:16:12 -04:00
Scott Mayhew
9507271d96 svcrpc: fix potential GSSX_ACCEPT_SEC_CONTEXT decoding failures
In an environment where the KDC is running Active Directory, the
exported composite name field returned in the context could be large
enough to span a page boundary.  Attaching a scratch buffer to the
decoding xdr_stream helps deal with those cases.

The case where we saw this was actually due to behavior that's been
fixed in newer gss-proxy versions, but we're fixing it here too.

Signed-off-by: Scott Mayhew <smayhew@redhat.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reviewed-by: Simo Sorce <simo@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
2015-05-04 12:02:40 -04:00
Herbert Xu
2e70aedd3d Revert "net: kernel socket should be released in init_net namespace"
This reverts commit c243d7e209.

That patch is solving a non-existant problem while creating a
real problem.  Just because a socket is allocated in the init
name space doesn't mean that it gets hashed in the init name space.

When we unhash it the name space must be the same as the one
we had when we hashed it.  So this patch is completely bogus
and causes socket leaks.

Reported-by: Andrey Wagin <avagin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-04 00:13:16 -04:00
Tom Herbert
2e99403d28 sch_choke: Use flow_keys_digest
Call make_flow_keys_digest to get a digest from flow keys and
use that to pass skbuff cb and for comparing flows.

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-04 00:09:09 -04:00
Tom Herbert
2f59e1ebaa net: Add flow_keys digest
Some users of flow keys (well just sch_choke now) need to pass
flow_keys in skbuff cb, and use them for exact comparisons of flows
so that skb->hash is not sufficient. In order to increase size of
the flow_keys structure, we introduce another structure for
the purpose of passing flow keys in skbuff cb. We limit this structure
to sixteen bytes, and we will technically treat this as a digest of
flow_keys struct hence its name flow_keys_digest. In the first
incaranation we just copy the flow_keys structure up to 16 bytes--
this is the same information previously passed in the cb. In the
future, we'll adapt this for larger flow_keys and could use something
like SHA-1 over the whole flow_keys to improve the quality of the
digest.

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-04 00:09:09 -04:00
Tom Herbert
ada1dba04c sched: Call skb_get_hash_perturb in sch_sfq
Call skb_get_hash_perturb instead of doing skb_flow_dissect and then
jhash by hand.

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-04 00:09:08 -04:00
Tom Herbert
63c0ad4d41 sched: Call skb_get_hash_perturb in sch_sfb
Call skb_get_hash_perturb instead of doing skb_flow_dissect and then
jhash by hand.

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-04 00:09:08 -04:00
Tom Herbert
f969777ac3 sched: Call skb_get_hash_perturb in sch_hhf
Call skb_get_hash_perturb instead of doing skb_flow_dissect and then
jhash by hand.

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-04 00:09:08 -04:00
Tom Herbert
342db22182 sched: Call skb_get_hash_perturb in sch_fq_codel
Call skb_get_hash_perturb instead of doing skb_flow_dissect and then
jhash by hand.

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-04 00:09:08 -04:00
Tom Herbert
50fb799289 net: Add skb_get_hash_perturb
This calls flow_disect and __skb_get_hash to procure a hash for a
packet. Input includes a key to initialize jhash. This function
does not set skb->hash.

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-04 00:09:08 -04:00
Andrew Lunn
6a21165480 net: ipv4: route: Fix sending IGMP messages with link address
In setups with a global scope address on an interface, and a lesser
scope address on an interface sending IGMP reports, the reports can be
sent using the other interfaces global scope address rather than the
local interface address. RFC 2236 suggests:

     Ignore the Report if you cannot identify the source address of
     the packet as belonging to a subnet assigned to the interface on
     which the packet was received.

since such reports could be forged.

Look at the protocol when deciding if a RT_SCOPE_LINK address should
be used for the packet.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Lunn <andrew@lunn.ch>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-04 00:04:08 -04:00
Alexei Starovoitov
087c1a601a net: sched: run ingress qdisc without locks
TC classifiers/actions were converted to RCU by John in the series:
http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.network/329739/focus=329739
and many follow on patches.
This is the last patch from that series that finally drops
ingress spin_lock.

Single cpu ingress+u32 performance goes from 22.9 Mpps to 24.5 Mpps.

In two cpu case when both cores are receiving traffic on the same
device and go into the same ingress+u32 the performance jumps
from 4.5 + 4.5 Mpps to 23.5 + 23.5 Mpps

Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-03 23:42:03 -04:00
shamir rabinovitch
c0adf54a10 net/rds: fix unaligned memory access
rdma_conn_param private data is copied using memcpy after headers such
as cma_hdr (see cma_resolve_ib_udp as example). so the start of the
private data is aligned to the end of the structure that come before. if
this structure end with u32 the meaning is that the start of the private
data will be 4 bytes aligned. structures that use u8/u16/u32/u64 are
naturally aligned but in case the structure start is not 8 bytes aligned,
all u64 members of this structure will not be aligned. to solve this issue
we must use special macros that allow unaligned access to those
unaligned members.

Addresses the following kernel log seen when attempting to use RDMA:

Kernel unaligned access at TPC[10507a88] rds_ib_cm_connect_complete+0x1bc/0x1e0 [rds_rdma]

Acked-by: Chien Yen <chien.yen@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: shamir rabinovitch <shamir.rabinovitch@oracle.com>
[Minor tweaks for top of tree by:]
Signed-off-by: David Ahern <david.ahern@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-03 23:39:01 -04:00
Herbert Xu
edac450d5b netlink: Remove max_size setting
We currently limit the hash table size to 64K which is very bad
as even 10 years ago it was relatively easy to generate millions
of sockets.

Since the hash table is naturally limited by memory allocation
failure, we don't really need an explicit limit so this patch
removes it.

Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@noironetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-03 23:27:02 -04:00
Kenneth Klette Jonassen
138998fdd1 tcp: invoke pkts_acked hook on every ACK
Invoking pkts_acked is currently conditioned on FLAG_ACKED:
receiving a cumulative ACK of new data, or ACK with SYN flag set.

Remove this condition so that CC may get RTT measurements from all SACKs.

Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Kenneth Klette Jonassen <kennetkl@ifi.uio.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-03 23:18:01 -04:00
Kenneth Klette Jonassen
31231a8a87 tcp: improve RTT from SACK for CC
tcp_sacktag_one() always picks the earliest sequence SACKed for RTT.
This might not make sense for congestion control in cases where:

  1. ACKs are lost, i.e. a SACK following a lost SACK covers both
     new and old segments at the receiver.
  2. The receiver disregards the RFC 5681 recommendation to immediately
     ACK out-of-order segments.

Give congestion control a RTT for the latest segment SACKed, which is the
most accurate RTT estimate, but preserve the conservative RTT for RTO.

Removes the call to skb_mstamp_get() in tcp_sacktag_one().

Cc: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Kenneth Klette Jonassen <kennetkl@ifi.uio.no>
Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-03 23:18:01 -04:00
Kenneth Klette Jonassen
196da97475 tcp: move struct tcp_sacktag_state to tcp_ack()
Later patch passes two values set in tcp_sacktag_one() to
tcp_clean_rtx_queue(). Prepare passing them via struct tcp_sacktag_state.

Acked-by: Yuchung Cheng <ycheng@google.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Kenneth Klette Jonassen <kennetkl@ifi.uio.no>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-03 23:18:01 -04:00
Alexander Duyck
610986e726 etherdev: Use skb->data to retrieve Ethernet header instead of eth_hdr
Avoid recomputing the Ethernet header location and instead just use the
pointer provided by skb->data.  The problem with using eth_hdr is that the
compiler wasn't smart enough to realize that skb->head + skb->mac_header
was the same thing as skb->data before it added ETH_HLEN.  By just caching
it off before calling skb_pull_inline we can avoid a few unnecessary
instructions.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-03 22:30:36 -04:00
Alexander Duyck
d54385ce68 etherdev: Process is_multicast_ether_addr at same size as other operations
This change makes it so that we process the address in
is_multicast_ether_addr at the same size as the other calls.  This allows
us to avoid duplicate reads when used with other calls such as
is_zero_ether_addr or eth_addr_copy.  In addition I have added a 64 bit
version of the function so in eth_type_trans we can process the destination
address as a 64 bit value throughout.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-03 22:30:36 -04:00
Alexander Duyck
849b920e17 etherdev: Avoid unnecessary byte swap in check for Ethertype
This change takes advantage of the fact that ETH_P_802_3_MIN is aligned to
512 so as a result we can actually ignore the lower 8b when comparing the
Ethertype to ETH_P_802_3_MIN.  This allows us to avoid a byte swap by simply
masking the value and comparing it to the byte swapped value for
ETH_P_802_3_MIN.

Signed-off-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-03 22:30:36 -04:00
Eric Dumazet
a5d2809040 codel: fix maxpacket/mtu confusion
Under presence of TSO/GSO/GRO packets, codel at low rates can be quite
useless. In following example, not a single packet was ever dropped,
while average delay in codel queue is ~100 ms !

qdisc codel 0: parent 1:12 limit 16000p target 5.0ms interval 100.0ms
 Sent 134376498 bytes 88797 pkt (dropped 0, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
 backlog 13626b 3p requeues 0
  count 0 lastcount 0 ldelay 96.9ms drop_next 0us
  maxpacket 9084 ecn_mark 0 drop_overlimit 0

This comes from a confusion of what should be the minimal backlog. It is
pretty clear it is not 64KB or whatever max GSO packet ever reached the
qdisc.

codel intent was to use MTU of the device.

After the fix, we finally drop some packets, and rtt/cwnd of my single
TCP flow are meeting our expectations.

qdisc codel 0: parent 1:12 limit 16000p target 5.0ms interval 100.0ms
 Sent 102798497 bytes 67912 pkt (dropped 1365, overlimits 0 requeues 0)
 backlog 6056b 3p requeues 0
  count 1 lastcount 1 ldelay 36.3ms drop_next 0us
  maxpacket 10598 ecn_mark 0 drop_overlimit 0

Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <edumazet@google.com>
Cc: Kathleen Nichols <nichols@pollere.com>
Cc: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Cc: Van Jacobson <vanj@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-03 22:17:40 -04:00
Tom Herbert
82a584b7cd ipv6: Flow label state ranges
This patch divides the IPv6 flow label space into two ranges:
0-7ffff is reserved for flow label manager, 80000-fffff will be
used for creating auto flow labels (per RFC6438). This only affects how
labels are set on transmit, it does not affect receive. This range split
can be disbaled by systcl.

Background:

IPv6 flow labels have been an unmitigated disappointment thus far
in the lifetime of IPv6. Support in HW devices to use them for ECMP
is lacking, and OSes don't turn them on by default. If we had these
we could get much better hashing in IPv6 networks without resorting
to DPI, possibly eliminating some of the motivations to to define new
encaps in UDP just for getting ECMP.

Unfortunately, the initial specfications of IPv6 did not clarify
how they are to be used. There has always been a vague concept that
these can be used for ECMP, flow hashing, etc. and we do now have a
good standard how to this in RFC6438. The problem is that flow labels
can be either stateful or stateless (as in RFC6438), and we are
presented with the possibility that a stateless label may collide
with a stateful one.  Attempts to split the flow label space were
rejected in IETF. When we added support in Linux for RFC6438, we
could not turn on flow labels by default due to this conflict.

This patch splits the flow label space and should give us
a path to enabling auto flow labels by default for all IPv6 packets.
This is an API change so we need to consider compatibility with
existing deployment. The stateful range is chosen to be the lower
values in hopes that most uses would have chosen small numbers.

Once we resolve the stateless/stateful issue, we can proceed to
look at enabling RFC6438 flow labels by default (starting with
scaled testing).

Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-03 21:58:01 -04:00
Martin KaFai Lau
7035870d12 ipv6: Check RTF_LOCAL on rt->rt6i_flags instead of rt->dst.flags
In my earlier commit:
653437d02f ("ipv6: Stop /128 route from disappearing after pmtu update"),
there was a horrible typo.  Instead of checking RTF_LOCAL on
rt->rt6i_flags, it was checked on rt->dst.flags.  This patch fixes
it.

Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Cc: Hajime Tazaki <tazaki@sfc.wide.ad.jp>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-03 21:49:27 -04:00
Florian Westphal
4749c3ef85 net: sched: remove TC_MUNGED bits
Not used.

pedit sets TC_MUNGED when packet content was altered, but all the core
does is unset MUNGED again and then set OK2MUNGE.

And the latter isn't tested anywhere. So lets remove both
TC_MUNGED and TC_OK2MUNGE.

Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@plumgrid.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-02 22:25:17 -04:00
Li RongQing
7eee8cd4d8 ipv4: remove the unnecessary codes in fib_info_hash_move
The whole hlist will be moved, so not need to call hlist_del before
add the hlist_node to other hlist_head.

Signed-off-by: Li RongQing <roy.qing.li@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-02 22:17:44 -04:00
David S. Miller
3715544750 Merge git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net
Merge net into net-next.

Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-02 22:05:58 -04:00
David S. Miller
a134f083e7 ipv4: Missing sk_nulls_node_init() in ping_unhash().
If we don't do that, then the poison value is left in the ->pprev
backlink.

This can cause crashes if we do a disconnect, followed by a connect().

Tested-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Reported-by: Wen Xu <hotdog3645@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-01 22:02:47 -04:00
Martin KaFai Lau
afc4eef80c ipv6: Remove DST_METRICS_FORCE_OVERWRITE and _rt6i_peer
_rt6i_peer is no longer needed after the last patch,
'ipv6: Stop rt6_info from using inet_peer's metrics'.

DST_METRICS_FORCE_OVERWRITE is added by
commit e5fd387ad5 ("ipv6: do not overwrite inetpeer metrics prematurely").
Since inetpeer is no longer used for metrics, this bit is also not needed.

Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Cc: Michal Kubeček <mkubecek@suse.cz>
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-01 20:57:06 -04:00